Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Control Theory

156 missions · 36 completed

Missions

Open120Completed36All156
EconomicsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize 2: Under High Follower Turnover the Optimal Policy Is to Stay Authentic ForeverResearch Paper

Motivation

Social-media influencers earn money by endorsing products to their followers. An endorsement of a product that does not fit the audience brings in money today but costs followers, and followers are also what spreads awareness of the influencer to new people. Nistor, Selove and Villas-Boas (Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize, Management Science, 2024) model this trade-off as a deterministic, infinite-horizon, discounted optimal-control problem with a single binary control. In their base model (§3) the optimal policy is to grow first and monetize later: authentic while awareness is small, permanently inauthentic once awareness passes a threshold.

Section 4.2 of the paper asks how this changes when the audience is not permanent: users join and leave the platform, or the influencer covers a topic that interests people only for a while. With follower turnover the influencer never reaches full awareness, and Proposition 3 says that if turnover is fast enough she never monetizes at all. The model gives a testable prediction: influencers on platforms with rapid user turnover, or in product categories with short-lived interest, should stay authentic.

Setting

Time is t∈[0,∞)t \in [0, \infty)t∈[0,∞). There is a unit mass of potential followers, and At∈[0,1]A_t \in [0,1]At​∈[0,1] is the share of them who are aware of the influencer, starting from A0A_0A0​. At each time she is either authentic or inauthentic. Following Table 1 of the paper:

  • authentic: Ft=AtF_t = A_tFt​=At​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=At\pi_t = A_tπt​=At​;
  • inauthentic: Ft=γAtF_t = \gamma A_tFt​=γAt​ followers and profit πt=γφAt\pi_t = \gamma\varphi A_tπt​=γφAt​,

with 0<γ<10 < \gamma < 10<γ<1 and φ>1\varphi > 1φ>1. These are the reduced-form parameters of §3.1: a fraction γ\gammaγ of aware people follow an inauthentic influencer, who earns φ\varphiφ per follower, and authentic profit per follower is normalized to 111. The paper assumes γφ>1\gamma\varphi > 1γφ>1 "for the remainder of the paper", so that being inauthentic pays more today.

Potential followers leave and are replaced at a turnover rate x∈(0,β)x \in (0, \beta)x∈(0,β), and awareness follows equation (6):

dAtdt=βFt(1−At)−xAt,\frac{dA_t}{dt} = \beta F_t (1 - A_t) - x A_t ,dtdAt​​=βFt​(1−At​)−xAt​,

where β>0\beta > 0β>0 is the word-of-mouth rate. Under the always-authentic policy this is the logistic equation dAtdt=At(β−x−βAt)\frac{dA_t}{dt} = A_t(\beta - x - \beta A_t)dtdAt​​=At​(β−x−βAt​), with steady state β−xβ\frac{\beta - x}{\beta}ββ−x​. The influencer maximizes the discounted profit (2), ∫0∞e−rtπt dt\int_0^\infty e^{-rt}\pi_t\,dt∫0∞​e−rtπt​dt, with discount rate r>0r > 0r>0.

In the Lean development (namespace InfluencerAuth.Turnover) a policy is a measurable set S⊆RS \subseteq \mathbb RS⊆R of the times at which she is inauthentic, so S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅ is "always authentic". IsPath β γ x A₀ S A says AAA is an admissible awareness path, discountedProfit γ φ r S A is (2) at time 000, and IsOptimalFrom β γ φ r x A₀ S A says that (S,A)(S, A)(S,A) earns at least as much as every measurable policy with any admissible path from the same A0A_0A0​. authValue β x r is the closed form V‾\overline VV of Lemma 5, and Condition2 γ φ β r x is

(1−γ)xr+β−x>γφ−1.\frac{(1-\gamma)x}{r + \beta - x} > \gamma\varphi - 1 .r+β−x(1−γ)x​>γφ−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 9)

Under the standing assumptions 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, r>0r>0r>0, with 0<x<β0 < x < \beta0<x<β and Condition 2,

∀A0∈(0,β−xβ),∃A,  (∅,A) is optimal from A0.\forall A_0 \in \Bigl(0, \tfrac{\beta - x}{\beta}\Bigr),\quad \exists A,\ \ (\emptyset, A) \text{ is optimal from } A_0 .∀A0​∈(0,ββ−x​),∃A,  (∅,A) is optimal from A0​.

The range of A0A_0A0​ is the paper's set of "all feasible levels of awareness". The statement fixes no constant beyond those of Condition 2.

Milestone: Lemma 5 (p. 9)

For 0<A0<10 < A_0 < 10<A0​<1 and every admissible always-authentic path AAA from A0A_0A0​,

∫0∞e−rtAt dt=V‾(A0)=∫0∞e−rsββ−x+1−A0β/(β−x)A0e−(β−x)s ds.\int_0^\infty e^{-rt} A_t\,dt = \overline V(A_0) = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-rs}}{\frac{\beta}{\beta - x} + \frac{1 - A_0\beta/(\beta - x)}{A_0} e^{-(\beta - x)s}}\,ds .∫0∞​e−rtAt​dt=V(A0​)=∫0∞​β−xβ​+A0​1−A0​β/(β−x)​e−(β−x)se−rs​ds.

Milestone: display (7) (p. 9)

dV‾(A)dA∣A=β−xβ=∫0∞e−(r+β−x)s ds=1r+β−x.\left.\frac{d\overline V(A)}{dA}\right|_{A = \frac{\beta - x}{\beta}} = \int_0^\infty e^{-(r + \beta - x)s}\,ds = \frac{1}{r + \beta - x}.dAdV(A)​​A=ββ−x​​=∫0∞​e−(r+β−x)sds=r+β−x1​.

Significance

Proposition 3 is the paper's result on when the grow-then-monetize pattern of the base model breaks down. Without turnover the influencer always monetizes once she is large enough (Proposition 1, §3). With turnover there is a whole parameter region, given by Condition 2, where monetizing is never optimal. The condition compares the extra current profit from being inauthentic, γφ−1\gamma\varphi - 1γφ−1, with the awareness lost by being inauthentic, (1−γ)x(1-\gamma)x(1−γ)x, valued at the marginal value of awareness at the steady state, 1/(r+β−x)1/(r+\beta-x)1/(r+β−x) from (7).

The proofs are in an online appendix that is not part of the published article, and this result has no machine-checked proof. The mission provides a precise statement of the control problem: optimality over every measurable switching pattern, with the dynamics in integral form. It also gives the closed-form always-authentic value and its derivative as separate targets. A complete development would be one of the first formal optimality proofs for an infinite-horizon, discounted, continuous-time deterministic control problem.

Difficulty

Optimality is claimed against every measurable policy, not only against constant or threshold policies. The natural argument is a verification theorem: show that V‾\overline VV satisfies the Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman inequality on the feasible range, then integrate along an arbitrary competitor path. Condition 2 is stated only at the steady state (β−x)/β(\beta-x)/\beta(β−x)/β, where (7) gives the marginal value of awareness. At a lower awareness level the inequality comparing the two actions involves V‾′(A)\overline V'(A)V′(A) at that level, so it does not follow from Condition 2 alone; it needs control of V‾′\overline V'V′ on the whole interval. A competitor path may also switch infinitely often, so its awareness is only absolutely continuous, and the comparison must work almost everywhere. Above the steady state the always-authentic policy is in general not optimal, so any argument must use the restriction A0<(β−x)/βA_0 < (\beta - x)/\betaA0​<(β−x)/β.

Formalization scope

  • Policies and dynamics. A policy is a measurable Set ℝ. An admissible path is continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), starts at A0A_0A0​, stays in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and satisfies At=A0+∫0t(βfS(s)As(1−As)−xAs) dsA_t = A_0 + \int_0^t (\beta f_S(s) A_s(1-A_s) - xA_s)\,dsAt​=A0​+∫0t​(βfS​(s)As​(1−As​)−xAs​)ds for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, with fS=γf_S = \gammafS​=γ on SSS and 111 off SSS. This is the Carathéodory form of (6). A derivative everywhere is not required, because that would exclude every switching policy. The clause At∈[0,1]A_t\in[0,1]At​∈[0,1] follows from the equation and is stated to make integrability explicit.
  • Objective. discountedProfit is ∫(0,∞)e−rtpS(t)At dt\int_{(0,\infty)} e^{-rt} p_S(t) A_t\,dt∫(0,∞)​e−rtpS​(t)At​dt with pS=γφp_S = \gamma\varphipS​=γφ on SSS and 111 off SSS; the paper's value from time ttt is the same object after the shift s=u−ts = u - ts=u−t. No optimal value is defined as a real supremum; optimality is a comparison with every competitor.
  • Hypotheses. The goal carries every standing assumption of the paper: 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, 0<x<β0<x<\beta0<x<β. It also assumes r>0r>0r>0, which is how "discount rate rrr" is read and which makes (2) finite. The milestones drop γ\gammaγ, φ\varphiφ and their assumptions, which the always-authentic value does not involve.
  • No trivialization. The goal produces the optimal path existentially, so it cannot hold for lack of an admissible path. The competitor class is nonempty (the logistic solution is admissible), and every competitor's profit is the integral of a bounded measurable function, so no competitor collapses to the junk value 000. Widening A0A_0A0​ to (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) would make the statement false, not stronger.
  • Infrastructure. The development needs the explicit logistic solution with turnover, differentiation under the integral sign for V‾\overline VV, and a comparison or verification argument for scalar ODEs with measurable coefficients. The verification lemma for discounted bang-bang control of a one-dimensional state is reusable for chunk 1 of this series and for similar marketing-diffusion models. Proofs of either milestone, a sanity proof that the logistic path is admissible, and the verification argument are all welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • C. Nistor, M. Selove, J. M. Villas-Boas, Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03479
  • F. M. Bass, A New Product Growth for Model Consumer Durables, Management Science 15(5), 1969, 215–227. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.5.215
  • W. H. Fleming, R. W. Rishel, Deterministic and Stochastic Optimal Control, Springer, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-6380-7
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Stationary Mean-Field Equilibrium Model of Irreversible Investment in a Two-Regime Economy: A Unique Stationary Mean-Field Equilibrium Exists and Invests at Regime-Dependent BarriersResearch Paper

Motivation

Industries in which capacity can be built but not sold back (energy generation, manufacturing, mining) are studied through irreversible investment models: a firm controls a nondecreasing investment process and trades the cost of capacity against uncertain future revenues. When many small firms compete, each firm's revenue depends on aggregate production through the market price, and the natural equilibrium notion is a mean-field equilibrium: every firm optimizes against a given aggregate, and the aggregate generated by the optimal behaviour is the one that was assumed.

Aïd, Basei and Ferrari (arXiv:2305.00541; Operations Research, 2025) add a macroeconomic regime to this picture. The economy switches between two states according to a continuous-time Markov chain, and volatilities and prices depend on the state. They prove that a stationary mean-field equilibrium exists and is unique, and that the equilibrium firm invests at regime-dependent barriers. Related stationary mean-field games with singular controls include Cao and Guo (Stochastic Processes and their Applications, 2022) and Cao, Dianetti and Ferrari (doi:10.1287/moor.2022.1323); the stability of the reflected regime-switching diffusions that appear in the equilibrium is due to Budhiraja and Liu (Mathematics of Operations Research, 2012).

Setting

A real Brownian motion BBB and an independent two-state Markov chain ε\varepsilonε with generator

P=(−p1p1p2−p2),π=(p2p1+p2,p1p1+p2),p1,p2∈(0,1),P=\begin{pmatrix}-p_1&p_1\\p_2&-p_2\end{pmatrix},\qquad \pi=\Big(\frac{p_2}{p_1+p_2},\frac{p_1}{p_1+p_2}\Big),\qquad p_1,p_2\in(0,1),P=(−p1​p2​​p1​−p2​​),π=(p1​+p2​p2​​,p1​+p2​p1​​),p1​,p2​∈(0,1),

live on a complete probability space; F\mathbb FF is their augmented natural filtration. A control III is an adapted, nonnegative, nondecreasing càdlàg process with I0−=0I_{0-}=0I0−​=0. The production capacity is

XtI=xexp⁡(−(δt+12∫0tσεs2ds)+∫0tσεsdBs+It),x>0,X^I_t=x\exp\Big(-\Big(\delta t+\tfrac12\int_0^t\sigma^2_{\varepsilon_s}ds\Big)+\int_0^t\sigma_{\varepsilon_s}dB_s+I_t\Big),\qquad x>0,XtI​=xexp(−(δt+21​∫0t​σεs​2​ds)+∫0t​σεs​​dBs​+It​),x>0,

and investment costs κ XtI∘dIt\kappa\,X^I_t\circ dI_tκXtI​∘dIt​, the integral (2.3) that charges a jump ΔIt\Delta I_tΔIt​ the amount Xt−I(eΔIt−1)X^I_{t-}(e^{\Delta I_t}-1)Xt−I​(eΔIt​−1). Given aggregate productions Q=(Q1,Q2)∈(0,∞)2Q=(Q_1,Q_2)\in(0,\infty)^2Q=(Q1​,Q2​)∈(0,∞)2, the price in regime iii is ηi=φi+ζiQi−α\eta_i=\varphi_i+\zeta_iQ_i^{-\alpha}ηi​=φi​+ζi​Qi−α​, and a firm starting from (x,i)(x,i)(x,i) maximizes, over the admissible set A\mathcal AA of (2.5),

J(x,i)(I,Q)=E(x,i)[∫0∞e−ρt(ηεtXtIdt−c(XtI)2dt−κXtI∘dIt)].J_{(x,i)}(I,Q)=\mathbb E_{(x,i)}\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho t}\big(\eta_{\varepsilon_t}X^I_tdt-c(X^I_t)^2dt-\kappa X^I_t\circ dI_t\big)\Big].J(x,i)​(I,Q)=E(x,i)​[∫0∞​e−ρt(ηεt​​XtI​dt−c(XtI​)2dt−κXtI​∘dIt​)].

A stationary mean-field equilibrium (Definition 2.2) is a pair (I⋆,Q⋆)(I^\star,Q^\star)(I⋆,Q⋆) such that I⋆I^\starI⋆ maximizes J(x,i)(⋅,Q⋆)J_{(x,i)}(\cdot,Q^\star)J(x,i)​(⋅,Q⋆) over A\mathcal AA, and the controlled pair (XtI⋆,εt)(X^{I^\star}_t,\varepsilon_t)(XtI⋆​,εt​) has a stationary distribution p∞p_\inftyp∞​ with

Qj⋆=1πj∫0∞x p∞(dx,j),j=1,2.Q^\star_j=\frac1{\pi_j}\int_0^\infty x\,p_\infty(dx,j),\qquad j=1,2.Qj⋆​=πj​1​∫0∞​xp∞​(dx,j),j=1,2.

The barrier control at levels a1,a2>0a_1,a_2>0a1​,a2​>0 is

It⋆=0∨sup⁡0≤s≤t(ln⁡(aεs/x)+∫0s(δ+12σεu2)du−∫0sσεudBu),I^\star_t=0\vee\sup_{0\le s\le t}\Big(\ln(a_{\varepsilon_s}/x)+\int_0^s\big(\delta+\tfrac12\sigma^2_{\varepsilon_u}\big)du-\int_0^s\sigma_{\varepsilon_u}dB_u\Big),It⋆​=0∨0≤s≤tsup​(ln(aεs​​/x)+∫0s​(δ+21​σεu​2​)du−∫0s​σεu​​dBu​),

the minimal investment keeping XtI⋆≥aεtX^{I^\star}_t\ge a_{\varepsilon_t}XtI⋆​≥aεt​​. Finally ϕi(θ)=12σi2θ2+(δ+12σi2)θ−pi\phi_i(\theta)=\frac12\sigma_i^2\theta^2+(\delta+\frac12\sigma_i^2)\theta-p_iϕi​(θ)=21​σi2​θ2+(δ+21​σi2​)θ−pi​ and ϕˉ=ϕ1ϕ2−p1p2\bar\phi=\phi_1\phi_2-p_1p_2ϕˉ​=ϕ1​ϕ2​−p1​p2​, whose negative roots are θ1<θ2<0\theta_1<\theta_2<0θ1​<θ2​<0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

Under Assumption 2.1, ρ>2max⁡{σ12,σ22}\rho>2\max\{\sigma_1^2,\sigma_2^2\}ρ>2max{σ12​,σ22​}, and 1+θ2<01+\theta_2<01+θ2​<0: for every (x,i)(x,i)(x,i) there are barriers a⋆∈(0,∞)2a^\star\in(0,\infty)^2a⋆∈(0,∞)2 and Q⋆∈(0,∞)2Q^\star\in(0,\infty)^2Q⋆∈(0,∞)2 with

(I⋆(a⋆),Q⋆) a stationary MFE, and every stationary MFE (I,Q) has Q=Q⋆, I=I⋆ a.s.(I^\star(a^\star),Q^\star)\ \text{a stationary MFE, and every stationary MFE } (I,Q)\text{ has } Q=Q^\star,\ I=I^\star\ \text{a.s.}(I⋆(a⋆),Q⋆) a stationary MFE, and every stationary MFE (I,Q) has Q=Q⋆, I=I⋆ a.s.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Proposition 4.1: a C2C^2C2 solution of the free-boundary problem (4.10) is the value function, and the barrier control is optimal.
  2. Proposition 4.2 (corrected): the stopping problem (4.13) has threshold regions, a C1C^1C1 value satisfying (4.17), and an optimal hitting time.
  3. Proposition 4.3 ((4.18) corrected): V(x,i)=ki+∫aixv(y,i)dyV(x,i)=k_i+\int_{a_i}^xv(y,i)dyV(x,i)=ki​+∫ai​x​v(y,i)dy.
  4. The root structure of (4.29): θ1<θ2<0<θ4\theta_1<\theta_2<0<\theta_4θ1​<θ2​<0<θ4​ are the nonzero roots of ϕˉ\bar\phiϕˉ​.
  5. Proposition 4.6: the stationary distribution function of the capacity reflected at 0<a1<a20<a_1<a_20<a1​<a2​ is the explicit Π(ln⁡x,i)\Pi(\ln x,i)Π(lnx,i) of (4.32).
  6. Corollary 4.7: the regime-wise stationary means (4.35)–(4.36).
  7. Step 1 of the proof of Theorem 4.1: the stopping value and the barriers decrease in QQQ.
  8. Theorem 2.4(ii): P(X∞≥x)/xθ2→C>0\mathbb P(X_\infty\ge x)/x^{\theta_2}\to C>0P(X∞​≥x)/xθ2​→C>0.

Significance

The theorem gives a fully explicit equilibrium in a model with common noise in the form of regime switching: the barriers solve a finite system of algebraic equations, and the stationary distribution of capacities is known in closed form, with a Pareto tail of exponent θ2\theta_2θ2​. This makes comparative statics of market concentration and of the industry's response to regime persistence computable, which is what Section 3 of the paper does numerically.

The result is proved on paper; none of it is formalized. A complete development would yield a machine-checked verification theorem for regime-switching singular control, a checked link between singular control and optimal stopping, and a checked stationary law for a reflected regime-switching geometric Brownian motion. The printed text contains slips the formalization corrects in the open: the continuation and stopping regions of Proposition 4.2 are printed swapped, a term of (4.18) carries a spurious factor aia_iai​, and an integration by parts in the proof drops κ\kappaκ.

Difficulty

The obvious route, solving the variational inequality (4.8) by guessing a smooth-fit solution, fails here: the two regimes couple the ordinary differential equations, and the smooth-fit and smooth-pasting equations become nonlinear in both barriers at once, so existence and uniqueness of their solution cannot be read off. The regularity a verification argument needs (C2C^2C2 value, a threshold structure of the investment region) is therefore the hard part, and with regime switching it is not covered by the one-dimensional theory. The stationary law requires positive recurrence of a reflected diffusion with switching and the identification of its limit law. The fixed point Q=RQQ=\mathcal RQQ=RQ, where (RQ)j=πj−1∫0∞x p∞Q(dx,j)(\mathcal RQ)_j=\pi_j^{-1}\int_0^\infty x\,p^Q_\infty(dx,j)(RQ)j​=πj−1​∫0∞​xp∞Q​(dx,j) is built from the stationary law under the barrier control optimal for QQQ, needs continuity and a priori bounds of R\mathcal RR for existence, and a monotonicity argument for uniqueness; the printed uniqueness argument treats ordered pairs of fixed points explicitly, and uniqueness of the optimal control itself is not argued on the page but is part of the goal.

Formalization scope

Lean represents regimes as Fin 2 (index 0 is regime 1) and time as R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​. The model consists of: the chain, pinned by its closed-form transition function etPe^{tP}etP; Mathlib's IsBrownianReal for BBB; independence of BBB and ε\varepsilonε; the augmented filtration; M=∫σεdBM=\int\sigma_\varepsilon dBM=∫σε​dB through the platform relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, with continuous paths; the state (2.4); the integral (2.3), computed as ∫e−ρtYt d(eI)t\int e^{-\rho t}Y_t\,d(e^{I})_t∫e−ρtYt​d(eI)t​; the admissible set (2.5) with [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued expectations; JJJ of (2.6); Definition 2.2; and the barrier control (4.11). E(x,i)\mathbb E_{(x,i)}E(x,i)​ is the expectation conditioned on ε0=i\varepsilon_0=iε0​=i.

Standing constants: δ,σi,ρ,c,κ,φi,ζi>0\delta,\sigma_i,\rho,c,\kappa,\varphi_i,\zeta_i>0δ,σi​,ρ,c,κ,φi​,ζi​>0, pi∈(0,1)p_i\in(0,1)pi​∈(0,1), 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, min⁡iφi>ρ+δ\min_i\varphi_i>\rho+\deltamini​φi​>ρ+δ, and Assumption 2.1. The root condition 1+θ2<01+\theta_2<01+θ2​<0 is stated as "ϕˉ\bar\phiϕˉ​ has no root in [−1,0)[-1,0)[−1,0)". Pinned hypotheses, each disclosed in the item that carries it: the stationary distribution is the weak limit of the time-ttt laws; Qi>0Q_i>0Qi​>0; ai>0a_i>0ai​>0 wherever (4.11) is used; 0<a1<a20<a_1<a_20<a1​<a2​ for the §4.2 statements; (ρ+δ)κ<φi(\rho+\delta)\kappa<\varphi_i(ρ+δ)κ<φi​ on the goal; and "∼\sim∼" in Theorem 2.4(ii) as a ratio tending to a positive constant.

The equilibrium is defined from the model: optimality against every admissible control, including those with an initial jump, and the limit law of the actually controlled process. It is never defined through the paper's closed forms (4.23) or (4.32), which would make the goal a statement about formulas. The barrier control is the printed formula, not an arbitrary control keeping X≥aX\ge aX≥a.

Not formalized: Section 3 (numerics), Proposition 4.4 and Corollary 4.5 (semi-explicit value functions), the continuity part of Step 1, and Steps 2–4 of the proof as separate items. Contributions toward a general verification theorem for regime-switching singular control, regularity of regime-switching stopping problems, and stationary laws of reflected switching diffusions are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, M. Basei, G. Ferrari, A Stationary Mean-Field Equilibrium Model of Irreversible Investment in a Two-Regime Economy, arXiv:2305.00541v1, 2023; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2305.00541
  • A. Budhiraja, X. Liu, Stability of constrained Markov-modulated diffusions, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(4):626–653, 2012.
  • H. Cao, X. Guo, MFGs for partially reversible investment, Stochastic Processes and their Applications 150:995–1014, 2022.
  • H. Cao, J. Dianetti, G. Ferrari, Stationary discounted and ergodic mean-field games of singular controls, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1323
  • G. Ferrari, N. Rodosthenous, Optimal control of debt-to-GDP ratio in an N-state regime switching economy, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 58(2):755–786, 2020.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Partial Differential EquationsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Control Problems with State Reflections Arising from Relaxed Benchmark Tracking: Verification Theorem for the Optimal Feedback Investment-Consumption StrategyResearch Paper

Motivation

A fund manager who tracks a benchmark (a stock index, a price index, the cost of higher education) wants the managed wealth to stay above the benchmark at all times. Under a strict floor constraint Vt≥MtV_t\ge M_tVt​≥Mt​ the set of admissible strategies can be empty when the benchmark is random. Bo, Huang and Yu (arXiv:2302.08302, Math. Oper. Res.) relax the constraint: the manager may inject capital AtA_tAt​ so that Vt+At≥MtV_t+A_t\ge M_tVt​+At​≥Mt​, and pays β>0\beta>0β>0 per unit injected. The problem becomes a consumption–investment problem with a running-maximum cost, of the type studied with viscosity methods by Barron–Ishii (1989) and Bokanowski et al. (2015). The paper obtains instead a classical solution of the associated HJB equation and an explicit optimal feedback control. The reduction from the constrained problem to the auxiliary problem below is due to Bo, Liao and Yu (2021) and is not part of this mission.

Setting

A market has ddd risky assets with return vector μ≠0\mu\ne0μ=0 and invertible volatility matrix σ\sigmaσ; the riskless rate is 000. On a filtered probability space satisfying the usual conditions with a ddd-dimensional Brownian motion WWW, write Wγ=∑jγjWjW^\gamma=\sum_j\gamma_jW^jWγ=∑j​γj​Wj and Wη=∑jηjWjW^\eta=\sum_j\eta_jW^jWη=∑j​ηj​Wj with ∣γ∣=∣η∣=1|\gamma|=|\eta|=1∣γ∣=∣η∣=1. The benchmark is Mt=mt+ZtM_t=m_t+Z_tMt​=mt​+Zt​, where ZZZ is a geometric Brownian motion with drift μZ\mu_ZμZ​ and volatility σZ≥0\sigma_Z\ge0σZ​≥0 driven by WηW^\etaWη, and mtm_tmt​ is the running maximum of Bt=b+μBt+σBWtγB_t=b+\mu_Bt+\sigma_BW^\gamma_tBt​=b+μB​t+σB​Wtγ​, σB≥0\sigma_B\ge0σB​≥0.

A strategy (θ,c)(\theta,c)(θ,c) invests θt∈Rd\theta_t\in\mathbb R^dθt​∈Rd and consumes at rate ct≥0c_t\ge0ct​≥0; the class Ur\mathbb U^rUr consists of progressively measurable pairs for which the wealth equation is well defined on every bounded interval. The auxiliary states are the reflected wealth surplus X≥0X\ge0X≥0, started at xxx,

Xt=x+∫0tθs⊤μ ds+∫0tθs⊤σ dWs−∫0tcs ds−(Zt−z)−(mt−m0)+LtX,X_t=x+\int_0^t\theta_s^\top\mu\,ds+\int_0^t\theta_s^\top\sigma\,dW_s-\int_0^tc_s\,ds-(Z_t-z)-(m_t-m_0)+L^X_t,Xt​=x+∫0t​θs⊤​μds+∫0t​θs⊤​σdWs​−∫0t​cs​ds−(Zt​−z)−(mt​−m0​)+LtX​,

where LXL^XLX is the minimal nondecreasing process keeping X≥0X\ge0X≥0 (the injected capital), and the reflected distance It=mt−Bt≥0I_t=m_t-B_t\ge0It​=mt​−Bt​≥0 started at hhh. With power utility U(c)=cp/pU(c)=c^p/pU(c)=cp/p, p∈(−∞,0)∪(0,1)p\in(-\infty,0)\cup(0,1)p∈(−∞,0)∪(0,1), and discount rate ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, the objective is

J(x,h,z;θ,c)=E[∫0∞e−ρtU(ct) dt−β∫0∞e−ρtdLtX].J(x,h,z;\theta,c)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho t}U(c_t)\,dt-\beta\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho t}dL^X_t\Big].J(x,h,z;θ,c)=E[∫0∞​e−ρtU(ct​)dt−β∫0∞​e−ρtdLtX​].

The candidate value function is built from a probabilistic representation. On a space with independent Brownian motions B0,B1,B2B^0,B^1,B^2B0,B1,B2, let RrR^rRr be a reflected drifted Brownian motion r+(α2/2−ρ)t+αBt1+Ltr≥0r+(\alpha^2/2-\rho)t+\alpha B^1_t+L^r_t\ge0r+(α2/2−ρ)t+αBt1​+Ltr​≥0, let HhH^hHh be a correlated one with local time KhK^hKh, and let NzN^zNz be a geometric Brownian motion. With the coefficients α,κ1,κ2,ϱ1,ϱ2\alpha,\kappa_1,\kappa_2,\varrho_1,\varrho_2α,κ1​,κ2​,ϱ1​,ϱ2​ of (2.9) and (3.4),

v(r,h,z)=1−ppβ−p1−pE[∫0∞e−ρs+p1−pRsrds]+β(κ2−μZ)E[∫0∞e−ρs−RsrNszds]−βE[∫0∞e−ρs−RsrdKsh],v(r,h,z)=\tfrac{1-p}p\beta^{-\frac p{1-p}}\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho s+\frac p{1-p}R^r_s}ds\Big]+\beta(\kappa_2-\mu_Z)\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho s-R^r_s}N^z_sds\Big]-\beta\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho s-R^r_s}dK^h_s\Big],v(r,h,z)=p1−p​β−1−pp​E[∫0∞​e−ρs+1−pp​Rsr​ds]+β(κ2​−μZ​)E[∫0∞​e−ρs−Rsr​Nsz​ds]−βE[∫0∞​e−ρs−Rsr​dKsh​],

u^(y,h,z)=v(−ln⁡(y/β),h,z)\hat u(y,h,z)=v(-\ln(y/\beta),h,z)u^(y,h,z)=v(−ln(y/β),h,z) for y∈(0,β]y\in(0,\beta]y∈(0,β], and

u(x,h,z)=inf⁡y∈(0,β]{u^(y,h,z)+yx}.u(x,h,z)=\inf_{y\in(0,\beta]}\{\hat u(y,h,z)+yx\}.u(x,h,z)=y∈(0,β]inf​{u^(y,h,z)+yx}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (verification theorem)

For model parameters with μZ>κ2\mu_Z>\kappa_2μZ​>κ2​ and σB≠0\sigma_B\ne0σB​=0 there is ρ0>0\rho_0>0ρ0​>0 such that for every ρ>ρ0\rho>\rho_0ρ>ρ0​: (i) uuu is a classical solution of the HJB equation (4.2) with the Neumann conditions ux(0,h,z)=βu_x(0,h,z)=\betaux​(0,h,z)=β and uh(x,0,z)=ux(x,0,z)u_h(x,0,z)=u_x(x,0,z)uh​(x,0,z)=ux​(x,0,z), with ux>0u_x>0ux​>0 and uxx<0u_{xx}<0uxx​<0; (ii) for every admissible strategy and every (x,h,z)∈R+3(x,h,z)\in\mathbb R^3_+(x,h,z)∈R+3​,

J(x,h,z;θ,c)≤u(x,h,z),J(x,h,z;\theta,c)\le u(x,h,z),J(x,h,z;θ,c)≤u(x,h,z),

with equality for the feedback strategy θ∗=−(σσ⊤)−1μux−σBσγuxh+σZσηz(uxx−uxz)uxx\theta^*=-(\sigma\sigma^\top)^{-1}\frac{\mu u_x-\sigma_B\sigma\gamma u_{xh}+\sigma_Z\sigma\eta z(u_{xx}-u_{xz})}{u_{xx}}θ∗=−(σσ⊤)−1uxx​μux​−σB​σγuxh​+σZ​σηz(uxx​−uxz​)​, c∗=ux1/(p−1)c^*=u_x^{1/(p-1)}c∗=ux1/(p−1)​ along a solution of the reflected feedback system (4.4). The threshold ρ0\rho_0ρ0​ is asserted to exist, not fixed: the paper's formula (4.45) for it depends on ρ\rhoρ and is not self-contained.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Lemma 3.2. The first two terms l(r,z)l(r,z)l(r,z) of vvv solve the Neumann problem (3.8) and equal the explicit form (3.9).
  2. Lemma 3.4. For σB≠0\sigma_B\ne0σB​=0, φ(r,h)=−βE[∫0∞e−ρs−RsrdGsh]\varphi(r,h)=-\beta\mathbb E[\int_0^\infty e^{-\rho s-R^r_s}dG^h_s]φ(r,h)=−βE[∫0∞​e−ρs−Rsr​dGsh​] is C2C^2C2 on R+2\mathbb R^2_+R+2​, where GhG^hGh is the local time of a reflected Brownian motion independent of RrR^rRr.
  3. Lemma 3.3. GhG^hGh and RrR^rRr are independent and φ\varphiφ solves the Neumann problem (3.15).
  4. Proposition 3.5. ψ=φ+ξ\psi=\varphi+\xiψ=φ+ξ solves (3.38), and every bounded classical solution of (3.38) equals the last term of vvv.
  5. Remark 3.6. ψr+ψrr>0\psi_r+\psi_{rr}>0ψr​+ψrr​>0.
  6. Theorem 3.1. u^\hat uu^ is strictly convex in yyy and solves the dual PDE (2.8) with (2.10), (2.11).
  7. Theorem 4.1(i) and (4.7): the linear growth ∣θ∗∣≤Co(1+x+z)|\theta^*|\le C_o(1+x+z)∣θ∗∣≤Co​(1+x+z), ∣c∗∣≤Cq(1+x)|c^*|\le C_q(1+x)∣c∗∣≤Cq​(1+x).

Significance

The theorem settles two questions about the relaxed tracking formulation: the optimal portfolio–consumption pair exists in feedback form, and the value function is a classical (not only viscosity) solution of an HJB equation with two Neumann boundary conditions. Together with the paper's Lemma 4.4, it shows that the expected discounted capital injection of the optimal strategy is finite, so the relaxed problem is well posed. The dual representation also gives the value in a separated form, three expectations of functionals of reflected Brownian motions, which is what makes the derivatives and the feedback explicit.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. No part of it is formalized. A formal proof would need Itô's formula for reflected processes, the smoothness of expectations of local-time functionals, and the duality argument; any of the milestones on its own is a self-contained target.

Difficulty

The last term of vvv couples the reflected process RrR^rRr with the local time KhK^hKh of a second reflected process correlated with it through ϱ1\varrho_1ϱ1​. Differentiating E[∫e−ρs−RsrdKsh]\mathbb E[\int e^{-\rho s-R^r_s}dK^h_s]E[∫e−ρs−Rsr​dKsh​] in (r,h)(r,h)(r,h) directly fails: the local time is not differentiable in its starting point in any pathwise sense, and the correlation prevents conditioning one process on the other. The paper first treats the independent case (Lemmas 3.3–3.4), where the expectation factors through the law of GhG^hGh, and then removes the correlation by a homogenization of the Neumann conditions (Proposition 3.5). A second difficulty is the verification step itself: the admissible class is unbounded and the state reflects at two boundaries, so the local martingale terms must be controlled by moment bounds that depend on the growth (4.7) of the feedback.

Formalization scope

  • Parameters. One structure holds μ,σ,μZ,σZ,μB,σB,γ,η,β,p\mu,\sigma,\mu_Z,\sigma_Z,\mu_B,\sigma_B,\gamma,\eta,\beta,pμ,σ,μZ​,σZ​,μB​,σB​,γ,η,β,p; the standing assumptions are d≥1d\ge1d≥1, det⁡σ≠0\det\sigma\ne0detσ=0, μ≠0\mu\ne0μ=0, σZ,σB≥0\sigma_Z,\sigma_B\ge0σZ​,σB​≥0, γ⋅γ=η⋅η=1\gamma\cdot\gamma=\eta\cdot\eta=1γ⋅γ=η⋅η=1, β>0\beta>0β>0, p<1p<1p<1, p≠0p\ne0p=0. All coefficients (α,κ1,κ2,ϱ1,ϱ2,C1,C2,ℓ\alpha,\kappa_1,\kappa_2,\varrho_1,\varrho_2,C_1,C_2,\ellα,κ1​,κ2​,ϱ1​,ϱ2​,C1​,C2​,ℓ) are definitions.
  • Carriers. vvv, u^\hat uu^, uuu are defined on any probability space with a standard 3-dimensional Brownian motion (published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian), and every statement holds for every such space. The control problem lives on any filtered space satisfying the usual conditions with an F\mathbb FF-Brownian motion (published RankBasedSDI.LoadBalancing.UsualConditions, IsFBrownian).
  • Processes in closed form. Rr,Hh,Kh,Lr,GhR^r,H^h,K^h,L^r,G^hRr,Hh,Kh,Lr,Gh are given by Skorokhod formulas (published skorokhodReg), ZZZ and NzN^zNz as explicit exponentials. The only stochastic integral is ∫θ⊤σ dW\int\theta^\top\sigma\,dW∫θ⊤σdW, through the published EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral with a continuous version required.
  • Expectations and objective. Expectations of nonnegative integrands are lintegrals; statements about vvv assert their finiteness. Stieltjes integrals use the Lebesgue–Stieltjes measure of the path. The objective is compared in the extended reals as utility≤u+β⋅cost\text{utility}\le u+\beta\cdot\text{cost}utility≤u+β⋅cost, which agrees with J≤uJ\le uJ≤u whenever JJJ is defined and never produces ∞−∞\infty-\infty∞−∞; cpc^pcp is computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] so that 0p=∞0^p=\infty0p=∞ for p<0p<0p<0.
  • Classical solutions. C2C^2C2 on the closed domain (ContDiffOn ℝ 2), the PDE on the open set the paper names, Neumann conditions pointwise on the faces; derivatives are taken within the closed coordinate domains. The suprema in (4.2) are least upper bounds (IsLUB), the consumption supremum over c>0c>0c>0.
  • Added hypotheses. μZ>κ2\mu_Z>\kappa_2μZ​>κ2​ and σB≠0\sigma_B\ne0σB​=0 in Theorem 4.1 and σB≠0\sigma_B\ne0σB​=0, ρ>α2∣p∣/(2(1−p))+μZ\rho>\alpha^2|p|/(2(1-p))+\mu_Zρ>α2∣p∣/(2(1−p))+μZ​ in Theorem 3.1 are used by the proofs but not printed in the statements; they are added. Lemma 3.2 and the milestone Theorem 4.1(i) also carry Theorem 3.1's ρ>α2p/(2(1−p))\rho>\alpha^2p/(2(1-p))ρ>α2p/(2(1−p)): when μZ<0\mu_Z<0μZ​<0 Lemma 3.2's printed condition does not imply it, and without it the first expectation in vvv is infinite.
  • Ruled out. Defining uuu as the supremum of JJJ would make (ii) circular, and specializing to d=1d=1d=1, σB=0\sigma_B=0σB​=0, ϱ1=0\varrho_1=0ϱ1​=0 or a fixed ρ\rhoρ changes the theorem; none of these is used. A statement "for every solution of (4.4)" would be vacuous if (4.4) had no solution, so the optimal pair is asserted to exist.

The definitions of reflected processes, Stieltjes integrals against local times, and classical Neumann solutions are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the deterministic facts (0<ℓ<10<\ell<10<ℓ<1, ∣ϱi∣≤1|\varrho_i|\le1∣ϱi​∣≤1, (3.9) solving (3.8)), are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Bo, Y. Huang, X. Yu, Stochastic control problems with state-reflections arising from relaxed benchmark tracking, arXiv:2302.08302v4 (Math. Oper. Res.). https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.08302
  • L. Bo, H. Liao, X. Yu, Optimal tracking portfolio with a ratcheting capital benchmark, SIAM J. Control Optim. 59(3), 2346–2380, 2021.
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian Motion and Stochastic Flow Systems, Wiley, New York, 1985.
  • W. Łaukajtys, L. Słomiński, Penalization methods for the Skorokhod problem and reflecting SDEs with jumps, Bernoulli 19(5A), 1750–1775, 2013.
  • E. N. Barron, H. Ishii, The Bellman equation for minimizing the maximum cost, Nonlinear Anal. TMA 13(9), 1067–1090, 1989.
22 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize 1: The Optimal Endorsement Policy Is Authentic Until a Threshold Awareness, Then Permanently InauthenticResearch Paper

Motivation

Social media influencers earn money by endorsing products to their followers. An influencer who endorses only products that fit her organic content keeps her audience; one who accepts every sponsorship offer earns more per follower today but loses part of her audience and grows more slowly. Practitioners describe this as the choice between growing and monetizing, and the marketing literature documents both sides of it: followers unsubscribe after poorly fitting sponsored posts (Cheng and Zhang 2022), and small influencers have deeper engagement than large ones (Bentley et al., J. Global Marketing 34(3), 2021, cited in the paper).

Nistor, Selove and Villas-Boas (Management Science, Articles in Advance 2024) turn this trade-off into a deterministic continuous-time control problem. Awareness of the influencer spreads by word of mouth as in the Bass (1969) diffusion model, and the influencer's authenticity is the control. The paper's first main result, Proposition 1, characterizes the optimal policy completely: depending on two explicit conditions, the influencer is always authentic, always inauthentic, or authentic until her awareness reaches a threshold and inauthentic forever after. This mission formalizes Proposition 1 and the lemmas of §3.3 that lead to it.

Setting

Time is t∈[0,∞)t\in[0,\infty)t∈[0,∞) and the mass of potential followers is one. The influencer's awareness At∈[0,1]A_t\in[0,1]At​∈[0,1] is the fraction of potential followers who know her, starting from 0<A0<10<A_0<10<A0​<1. At each time she is authentic or inauthentic. Following Table 1 of the paper, with parameters 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1 and φ>1\varphi>1φ>1 (the reduced-form parameters of §3.1, which aggregate the offer arrival rate, the share of good-fit offers and the followers' tolerance of bad-fit posts):

  • an authentic influencer has Ft=AtF_t=A_tFt​=At​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=At\pi_t=A_tπt​=At​;
  • an inauthentic influencer has Ft=γAtF_t=\gamma A_tFt​=γAt​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=γφAt\pi_t=\gamma\varphi A_tπt​=γφAt​.

Awareness grows according to the equation of motion (1),

dAtdt=βFt(1−At),β>0,\frac{dA_t}{dt}=\beta F_t(1-A_t),\qquad\beta>0,dtdAt​​=βFt​(1−At​),β>0,

so it grows at rate βAt(1−At)\beta A_t(1-A_t)βAt​(1−At​) when she is authentic and γβAt(1−At)\gamma\beta A_t(1-A_t)γβAt​(1−At​) when she is inauthentic. With discount rate r>0r>0r>0 the influencer maximizes the discounted profit (2),

Vt=∫t∞e−r(u−t)πu du,V_t=\int_t^\infty e^{-r(u-t)}\pi_u\,du ,Vt​=∫t∞​e−r(u−t)πu​du,

and V(A)V(A)V(A) is the value of starting at awareness AAA and following the optimal policy.

Two closed-form objects enter the main result. The value of always being inauthentic from awareness AAA is (Lemma 3)

V‾(A)=∫0∞e−rsγφ1+1−AAe−γβs ds,\underline V(A)=\int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-rs}\gamma\varphi}{1+\frac{1-A}{A}e^{-\gamma\beta s}}\,ds ,V​(A)=∫0∞​1+A1−A​e−γβse−rsγφ​ds,

and its derivative is (3)

m(A)=dV‾(A)dA=∫0∞e−(γβ+r)sγφ[A+(1−A)e−γβs]2 ds.m(A)=\frac{d\underline V(A)}{dA}=\int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-(\gamma\beta+r)s}\gamma\varphi}{\big[A+(1-A)e^{-\gamma\beta s}\big]^2}\,ds .m(A)=dAdV​(A)​=∫0∞​[A+(1−A)e−γβs]2e−(γβ+r)sγφ​ds.

Condition 1 (with footnote 4) holds if γβ≥r\gamma\beta\ge rγβ≥r or [β−γβr−γβ]γφ>γφ−1\big[\frac{\beta-\gamma\beta}{r-\gamma\beta}\big]\gamma\varphi>\gamma\varphi-1[r−γββ−γβ​]γφ>γφ−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

For 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, r>0r>0r>0:

  1. if γφ≤1\gamma\varphi\le1γφ≤1, always being authentic is optimal from every A0∈(0,1)A_0\in(0,1)A0​∈(0,1);
  2. if γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 and Condition 1 fails, always being inauthentic is optimal from every A0∈(0,1)A_0\in(0,1)A0​∈(0,1);
  3. if γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 and Condition 1 holds, there is A∗∈(0,1)A^*\in(0,1)A∗∈(0,1) with
m(A∗)=γφ−1(1−γ)β(1−A∗),m(A^*)=\frac{\gamma\varphi-1}{(1-\gamma)\beta(1-A^*)},m(A∗)=(1−γ)β(1−A∗)γφ−1​,

and for all sufficiently small A0A_0A0​ the policy "authentic while At<A∗A_t<A^*At​<A∗, inauthentic once At≥A∗A_t\ge A^*At​≥A∗" is optimal.

Milestones

In the paper's order: Lemma 1 (corrected) bounds the growth of VVV above awareness 12\tfrac1221​; Lemma 2 (corrected) shows that permanent inauthenticity is optimal at large awareness; Lemma 3 gives V‾\underline VV​ in closed form; (3) identifies mmm as its derivative; (4) computes the limit of mmm at zero awareness,

lim⁡A→0+m(A)=γφr−γβ  (γβ<r),m(A)→+∞  (γβ≥r),\lim_{A\to0^+}m(A)=\frac{\gamma\varphi}{r-\gamma\beta}\ \ (\gamma\beta<r),\qquad m(A)\to+\infty\ \ (\gamma\beta\ge r),A→0+lim​m(A)=r−γβγφ​  (γβ<r),m(A)→+∞  (γβ≥r),

which is where Condition 1 comes from.

Significance

Proposition 1 is the benchmark of the paper: each of the six model extensions of §4 (celebrities, follower turnover, partial authenticity, viral content, two segments, commitment) is read against it. Its third clause explains an observed pattern in influencer marketing, that small influencers post fitting content and large ones accept most sponsorships, as an optimal policy rather than a change in preferences, and Condition 1 makes explicit when growth potential outweighs current profits; the paper notes it always holds when β>r\beta>rβ>r. The numerical example of §3.5 (Table 2) places the switch at about 73% awareness.

The proofs are in an online appendix and have not been machine-checked. Formalizing them requires an optimality argument against every measurable switching pattern, not only threshold policies. The mission also records two corrections: Lemma 1 and Lemma 2 are false as printed when γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 (explicit counterexamples are in the milestone statements), and they are stated here with the constant γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r that the paper's own argument gives.

Difficulty

The natural argument compares, at each instant, the extra profit from inauthenticity, (γφ−1)At(\gamma\varphi-1)A_t(γφ−1)At​, with the value of the extra growth from authenticity, (1−γ)βAt(1−At)V′(At)(1-\gamma)\beta A_t(1-A_t)V'(A_t)(1−γ)βAt​(1−At​)V′(At​). This requires knowing the value function VVV, its differentiability, and the Bellman equation it satisfies, none of which is given; replacing VVV by V‾\underline VV​ is only justified along the part of the trajectory after the switch. The comparison must also hold against every measurable switching pattern, under which awareness solves (1) only almost everywhere. Clause 3 additionally needs the threshold equation to have a single crossing and the optimal trajectory to cross it exactly once. Optimality of a constant policy cannot be read off from instantaneous profits alone when γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1: the instantaneously better choice (inauthenticity) can be the wrong one for a small influencer.

Formalization scope

  • Policies are measurable sets S⊆RS\subseteq\mathbb RS⊆R of times at which the influencer is inauthentic; constant policies are ∅\emptyset∅ and R\mathbb RR.
  • Admissible paths are continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), start at A0A_0A0​, take values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and solve (1) in integral (Carathéodory) form, because a measurable control makes dA/dtdA/dtdA/dt exist only almost everywhere. The [0,1][0,1][0,1] clause is implied by the equation and makes every profit stream bounded.
  • Discounted profit is (2) at t=0t=0t=0, an integral over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞); the paper's shift s=u−ts=u-ts=u−t is notation. The value function VVV of Lemma 1 is the real supremum over admissible pairs, nonempty and bounded above by γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r at every A0∈[0,1]A_0\in[0,1]A0​∈[0,1].
  • Optimality is against every admissible pair from the same A0A_0A0​, and every goal clause produces the optimal pair existentially. The threshold policy is the set {t≥0:At≥A∗}\{t\ge0: A_t\ge A^*\}{t≥0:At​≥A∗} of the same path it drives; a free switching time would not express a feedback rule.
  • Standing assumptions. 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, 0<A0<10<A_0<10<A0​<1 (§3.1–3.2); r>0r>0r>0 is the reading of "discount rate"; γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 is assumed in every milestone ("for the remainder of the paper", p. 5) but not in the goal, whose first clause is γφ≤1\gamma\varphi\le1γφ≤1. Condition 1 is the disjunction of footnote 4. Lemma 1 and Lemma 2 carry the corrected constant γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: optimality is never assumed, the competitor class contains the constant policies' logistic paths, the threshold A∗A^*A∗ must solve the equation of (3) inside (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and measurability of policies keeps every profit integral meaningful. The microfoundations of §3.1 (μ\muμ, θ\thetaθ, ω\omegaω, U^\hat UU^, ccc) do not enter any statement.

The development needs Carathéodory solutions of a scalar ODE with a measurable switching coefficient, comparison and uniqueness for such solutions, differentiation under an improper integral, and a verification argument for a one-dimensional deterministic control problem with bang-bang control. The last two are reusable for other continuous-time marketing and diffusion models. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the logistic closed form underlying Lemma 3.

Selected references

  • C. Nistor, M. Selove, J. M. Villas-Boas, Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03479
  • F. M. Bass, A new product growth for model consumer durables, Management Science 15(5):215–227, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.5.215
  • M. Cheng, S. Zhang, Reputation burning: Analyzing the impact of brand sponsorship on social influencers, preprint, 2022. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4071188
9 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Equilibrium Portfolio Selection for Smooth Ambiguity Preferences: The Closed-Form Equilibrium Strategy under a Gaussian PriorResearch Paper

Motivation

An investor who does not know the expected return of a stock faces two kinds of uncertainty: risk (the randomness of returns given the model) and ambiguity (uncertainty about which model is true). The smooth ambiguity criterion of Klibanoff, Marinacci and Mukerji (Econometrica 2005) separates the two: the investor first computes the expected utility E[U(XT)∣Z=z]\mathbb E[U(X_T)\mid Z=z]E[U(XT​)∣Z=z] under each candidate model zzz, then averages a transformation ϕ\phiϕ of these values over her belief about ZZZ. Risk aversion lives in UUU, ambiguity aversion in the curvature of ϕ\phiϕ.

When the investor also learns ZZZ from prices, her belief changes over time and the nonlinear ϕ\phiϕ makes the problem time-inconsistent: a strategy that is optimal today is no longer optimal tomorrow. Following Strotz and the continuous-time game-theoretic approach of Björk, Khapko and Murgoci (Finance and Stochastics 2017), the paper of Guan, Liang and Xia (arXiv:2302.08181, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) looks for an equilibrium strategy: a rule that no short deviation can improve to first order. It derives a verification theorem and, for a Gaussian prior with CARA utility and power or logarithmic ϕ\phiϕ, the equilibrium in closed form.

Setting

A bond pays the constant rate rrr. The stock satisfies dSt/St=Z dt+σ dWtdS_t/S_t=Z\,dt+\sigma\,dW_tdSt​/St​=Zdt+σdWt​ with volatility σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, a standard Brownian motion WWW, and an unknown constant drift ZZZ with prior N(β0,σ02)N(\beta_0,\sigma_0^2)N(β0​,σ02​), σ0>0\sigma_0>0σ0​>0. The horizon is T>0T>0T>0. Observing prices, the investor's posterior at time ttt is N(βt,ζ(t))N(\beta_t,\zeta(t))N(βt​,ζ(t)) with

ζ(t)=σ2σ02σ2+tσ02.\zeta(t)=\frac{\sigma^2\sigma_0^2}{\sigma^2+t\sigma_0^2}.ζ(t)=σ2+tσ02​σ2σ02​​.

A strategy is a feedback function π(t,x,β)\pi(t,x,\beta)π(t,x,β): the amount held in the stock given time, wealth xxx and posterior mean β\betaβ.

The inside system fixes a hypothetical drift value zzz and starts at (t,x,β)(t,x,\beta)(t,x,β): the posterior mean evolves by dβsz=ζ(s)σ2[(z−βsz)ds+σdWs]d\beta^z_s=\frac{\zeta(s)}{\sigma^2}[(z-\beta^z_s)ds+\sigma dW_s]dβsz​=σ2ζ(s)​[(z−βsz​)ds+σdWs​] and the wealth by

dXs=rXs ds+π(s,Xs,βsz)(z−r) ds+π(s,Xs,βsz) σ dWs.dX_s=rX_s\,ds+\pi(s,X_s,\beta^z_s)(z-r)\,ds+\pi(s,X_s,\beta^z_s)\,\sigma\,dW_s .dXs​=rXs​ds+π(s,Xs​,βsz​)(z−r)ds+π(s,Xs​,βsz​)σdWs​.

Utility is CARA, U(x)=−1ke−kxU(x)=-\frac1ke^{-kx}U(x)=−k1​e−kx with k>0k>0k>0, and ϕ(u)=−1α(−u)α\phi(u)=-\frac1\alpha(-u)^\alphaϕ(u)=−α1​(−u)α for α≠0\alpha\ne0α=0, ϕ(u)=−log⁡(−u)\phi(u)=-\log(-u)ϕ(u)=−log(−u) for α=0\alpha=0α=0, on u<0u<0u<0; ϕ\phiϕ is concave for α>1\alpha>1α>1, linear for α=1\alpha=1α=1 and convex for α<1\alpha<1α<1. The inside expected utility is gz,π(t,x,β)=E[U(XTz,π)∣Xt=x,βtz=β]g^{z,\pi}(t,x,\beta)=\mathbb E[U(X^{z,\pi}_T)\mid X_t=x,\beta^z_t=\beta]gz,π(t,x,β)=E[U(XTz,π​)∣Xt​=x,βtz​=β], and the objective is

J(t,x,β,π)=∫ϕ(gz,π(t,x,β)) N(β,ζ(t))(dz).J(t,x,\beta,\pi)=\int\phi\big(g^{z,\pi}(t,x,\beta)\big)\,N(\beta,\zeta(t))(dz).J(t,x,β,π)=∫ϕ(gz,π(t,x,β))N(β,ζ(t))(dz).

A strategy is admissible (π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π, Definition 5.1) if the wealth equation is well posed and certain exponential and power moments are bounded by Ceϵz2Ce^{\epsilon z^2}Ceϵz2 over short horizons. π∗∈Π\pi^*\in\Piπ∗∈Π is an equilibrium strategy (Definition 2.1) if for every (t,x,β)(t,x,\beta)(t,x,β) and π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π, the spike πt,h\pi_{t,h}πt,h​ (equal to π\piπ on [t,t+h)[t,t+h)[t,t+h) and π∗\pi^*π∗ afterwards) satisfies

lim sup⁡h→0+J(t,x,β,πt,h)−J(t,x,β,π∗)h≤0.\limsup_{h\to0^+}\frac{J(t,x,\beta,\pi_{t,h})-J(t,x,\beta,\pi^*)}{h}\le0 .h→0+limsup​hJ(t,x,β,πt,h​)−J(t,x,β,π∗)​≤0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.5

Let α∗<0\alpha^*<0α∗<0 be the unique solution of (1+σ0−2σ2T−1)∫0∞e−x(1+(1−α∗)x)α∗/(1−α∗)dx=1\big(1+\sigma_0^{-2}\sigma^2T^{-1}\big)\int_0^\infty e^{-x}(1+(1-\alpha^*)x)^{\alpha^*/(1-\alpha^*)}dx=1(1+σ0−2​σ2T−1)∫0∞​e−x(1+(1−α∗)x)α∗/(1−α∗)dx=1 and assume α>max⁡{α∗,1−0.5σ0−2σ2T−1}\alpha>\max\{\alpha^*,1-0.5\sigma_0^{-2}\sigma^2T^{-1}\}α>max{α∗,1−0.5σ0−2​σ2T−1}. Let m1,…,m6m_1,\dots,m_6m1​,…,m6​ solve the ODE system (5.10) and put a1(t,m2,m3)=(1+ζm2)(ζ−1+αm2)ζ−1−αm3a_1(t,m_2,m_3)=\frac{(1+\zeta m_2)(\zeta^{-1}+\alpha m_2)}{\zeta^{-1}-\alpha m_3}a1​(t,m2​,m3​)=ζ−1−αm3​(1+ζm2​)(ζ−1+αm2​)​. Then

π∗(t,x,β)=e−r(T−t)kσ2{a1(t,m2(t),m3(t))+ζ(t)m1(t)}(β−r)\pi^*(t,x,\beta)=\frac{e^{-r(T-t)}}{k\sigma^2}\big\{a_1(t,m_2(t),m_3(t))+\zeta(t)m_1(t)\big\}(\beta-r)π∗(t,x,β)=kσ2e−r(T−t)​{a1​(t,m2​(t),m3​(t))+ζ(t)m1​(t)}(β−r)

is an equilibrium strategy, and its inside expected utility is

gz(t,x,β)=−1kexp⁡{−ker(T−t)x+12m1β2+m2βz+12m3z2+m4β+m5z+m6}.g^z(t,x,\beta)=-\frac1k\exp\Big\{-ke^{r(T-t)}x+\tfrac12m_1\beta^2+m_2\beta z+\tfrac12m_3z^2+m_4\beta+m_5z+m_6\Big\}.gz(t,x,β)=−k1​exp{−ker(T−t)x+21​m1​β2+m2​βz+21​m3​z2+m4​β+m5​z+m6​}.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof: the Gaussian moment formula (Lemma C.2) and short-horizon bounds on βz\beta^zβz (Lemma C.1); admissibility under a growth bound (Proposition 5.2) and of π∗\pi^*π∗; the critical exponent, unique solvability and closed form of the reduced system (5.16) with its sign bounds (Proposition 5.4); the closed-form remaining coefficients (5.18); the extended HJB conditions (Lemma 5.3); and three verification steps of Appendix G (a martingale property, uniform integrability, and continuity (G.5)).

Significance

Theorem 5.5 gives an explicit, time-consistent investment rule under learning and smooth ambiguity. The rule is linear in the posterior mean, and its coefficient splits into the myopic Merton demand and two hedging demands, one against ambiguity in ZZZ and one against changes in β\betaβ; the paper's numerical section uses this decomposition to study how ambiguity attitude changes the demand for the risky asset. At α=1\alpha=1α=1 the criterion is expected utility and π∗\pi^*π∗ is the Bayesian-learning Merton rule. The critical exponent α∗\alpha^*α∗ marks how much ambiguity seeking the closed form can tolerate.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendices C–G) but not formalized. The formalization would add to the platform its first smooth-ambiguity preference, its first equilibrium notion for a time-inconsistent continuous-time control problem with feedback strategies, and its first Bayesian drift-learning model. Lemma C.2 and the posterior-mean process are reusable beyond this paper.

Difficulty

Every quantity in the equilibrium inequality is a law-level functional of a controlled SDE: gz,πg^{z,\pi}gz,π is an expectation over the wealth under the hypothetical drift, and JJJ integrates ϕ(gz,π)\phi(g^{z,\pi})ϕ(gz,π) against the Gaussian posterior over zzz. The obvious route, a Taylor expansion of J(πt,h)J(\pi_{t,h})J(πt,h​) in hhh, needs to interchange the limit h→0+h\to0^+h→0+ with two nested expectations, one of which ranges over an unbounded drift zzz. Exponential utility makes gzg^zgz grow like ecz2e^{cz^2}ecz2, so every estimate has to be uniform in zzz up to a factor eϵz2e^{\epsilon z^2}eϵz2 that the Gaussian posterior can absorb, and the convex case α<1\alpha<1α<1 needs the extra lower bound on α\alphaα. On the deterministic side, the six-dimensional Riccati-type system (5.10) is nonlinear; its solvability on all of [0,T][0,T][0,T] is not automatic and fails beyond the critical exponent α∗\alpha^*α∗.

Formalization scope

Time is real, with t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T] explicit; Mathlib's Brownian motion IsBrownianReal is indexed by R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​ and read at s.toNNReal. Every statement holds on every probability space carrying a Brownian motion. Standing hypotheses: σ,σ0,T,k>0\sigma,\sigma_0,T,k>0σ,σ0​,T,k>0; ZZZ ranges over R\mathbb RR.

Conventions committed to:

  1. Conditioning on a state E[⋅∣Xt=x,βt=β]\mathbb E[\cdot\mid X_t=x,\beta_t=\beta]E[⋅∣Xt​=x,βt​=β] is the inside system started at (t,x,β)(t,x,\beta)(t,x,β) and driven by Ws−WtW_s-W_tWs​−Wt​, as the paper's appendices use it; E[⋅∣βt=β]\mathbb E[\cdot\mid\beta_t=\beta]E[⋅∣βt​=β] for functions of ZZZ is the posterior N(β,ζ(t))N(\beta,\zeta(t))N(β,ζ(t)), cited from Bismuth, Guéant and Pu (2019), not re-derived.
  2. βz\beta^zβz is the explicit formula (C.1). The wealth is a strong solution of (5.2) with the published Itô integral EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral against the shifted Brownian motion.
  3. Definition 5.1(i) is read on the inside system: for every zzz and every start, the wealth equation is uniquely solvable.
  4. The equilibrium predicate requires JJJ to be finite (for π∗\pi^*π∗, and for spikes with small hhh), the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup is in ϵ\epsilonϵ-form, and t∈[0,T)t\in[0,T)t∈[0,T).
  5. Every ODE solution keeps ζ−1−αm3>0\zeta^{-1}-\alpha m_3>0ζ−1−αm3​>0 on [0,T][0,T][0,T]; time derivatives are taken within [0,T][0,T][0,T].
  6. Suprema claimed to equal 000 are least upper bounds; Ψ−1\Psi^{-1}Ψ−1 is written as an equation for Ψ\PsiΨ.

Each of these rules out a trivializing formalization: a Bochner expectation of a non-integrable utility is 000 in Lean, which would make ϕ(0)\phi(0)ϕ(0) and JJJ meaningless; a ⨆ of an unbounded set is 000, the claimed value; an ODE "solution" through a zero of the denominator would solve a junk system; and a goal over an empty set of α∗\alpha^*α∗ or of ODE solutions would be vacuous, which Proposition 5.4 and (5.18) exclude. Corrected readings of printed slips (the conditioning XTπ∗=xX^{\pi^*}_T=xXTπ∗​=x in Theorems 3.5/4.5 read as Xtπ∗=xX^{\pi^*}_t=xXtπ∗​=x; Step 1 stated from every start) are disclosed in the items.

The proofs use, beyond Mathlib: Itô's formula, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality, Novikov's criterion, the generalized Gronwall inequality (Willett–Wong 1965, Theorem 2), and the Gaussian filter. Contributions of these tools as separate results are welcome. Not included: Lemmas C.3 and D.1, Steps 2, 4 and 5 of Appendix G, and the verification Theorems 3.5 and 4.5.

Selected references

  • G. Guan, Z. Liang, J. Xia, Equilibrium Portfolio Selection for Smooth Ambiguity Preferences, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2302.08181v1, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.08181
  • P. Klibanoff, M. Marinacci, S. Mukerji, A Smooth Model of Decision Making under Ambiguity, Econometrica 73(6), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0262.2005.00640.x
  • T. Björk, M. Khapko, A. Murgoci, On time-inconsistent stochastic control in continuous time, Finance and Stochastics 21(2), 331–360, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1612.03650
  • A. Bismuth, O. Guéant, J. Pu, Portfolio choice, portfolio liquidation, and portfolio transition under drift uncertainty, Mathematics and Financial Economics 13(4), 661–719, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1611.07843
  • D. Willett, J. S. W. Wong, On the discrete analogues of some generalizations of Gronwall's inequality, Monatshefte für Mathematik 69(4), 362–367, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01297622
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling in the High-Uncertainty Heavy Traffic Regime: The Value of the Scheduling Game Converges to the HJB Solution at ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

Heavy-traffic analysis is the standard tool for scheduling queues whose servers are almost always busy: after diffusion scaling, a multiclass queue is approximated by a reflected Brownian motion, and asymptotically optimal policies are read off a limiting control problem. Classical results of this kind, such as the asymptotic optimality of the cµ rule (serve the class with the largest holding cost times service rate first; van Mieghem, 1995), assume that the job-size distributions are known.

In practice the first moments of service times are usually estimated well, while their variability is not. Atar, Castiel and Shadmi study a high-uncertainty regime: the means of the job-size distributions are pinned down to within O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2), but their variances are uncertain at order one, and an adversary chooses them job by job with full knowledge of the past. The scheduler wants to minimize, and the adversary to maximize, a discounted holding cost. The paper solves this game asymptotically: the nonpreemptive cµ policy is asymptotically optimal against every adversary, and the value of the game converges to the value at 000 of a one-dimensional Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman (HJB) equation.

Setting

There are LLL job types and one server. In the nnn-th system one job of each type arrives at each time k/nk/nk/n, k=1,2,…k=1,2,\dotsk=1,2,…, and the server works at rate nnn, so that a job of size xxx occupies it for x/nx/nx/n time units. The system starts empty.

Adversary. For each nnn and type ℓ\ellℓ an uncertainty class Πℓn\Pi^{\ell n}Πℓn, a nonempty closed set of probability distributions on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), is given. At each epoch k/nk/nk/n the adversary chooses πkℓn∈Πℓn\pi^{\ell n}_k\in\Pi^{\ell n}πkℓn​∈Πℓn for every ℓ\ellℓ, based on the past job sizes, and the job sizes JkℓnJ^{\ell n}_kJkℓn​ are then drawn independently across types from these distributions. The set of such controls is An\mathcal A^nAn.

Scheduler. The scheduler chooses the cumulative effort BtℓnB^{\ell n}_tBtℓn​ devoted to each type, an LLL-dimensional Lipschitz path whose increments over [s,t][s,t][s,t] lie in (t−s)⋅{x∈[0,1]L:∑ℓxℓ≤1}(t-s)\cdot\{x\in[0,1]^L:\sum_\ell x_\ell\le 1\}(t−s)⋅{x∈[0,1]L:∑ℓ​xℓ​≤1}. An admissible strategy βn∈Bn\beta^n\in\mathbb B^nβn∈Bn is a measurable, non-anticipating, work-conserving map from the adversary's control path to such an effort path that never serves more work than has arrived.

Cost and value. With Atℓn=∑k≤ntJkℓnA^{\ell n}_t=\sum_{k\le nt}J^{\ell n}_kAtℓn​=∑k≤nt​Jkℓn​, the workload is Wtℓn=Atℓn−nBtℓnW^{\ell n}_t=A^{\ell n}_t-nB^{\ell n}_tWtℓn​=Atℓn​−nBtℓn​, the queue length QtℓnQ^{\ell n}_tQtℓn​ is the number of arrived type-ℓ\ellℓ jobs not yet completed, and hats denote scaling by n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2. For holding costs hℓ>0h^\ell>0hℓ>0,

Cn(βn(an),an)=E[∫0∞e−t h⋅Q^tn dt],Vn=inf⁡βn∈Bnsup⁡an∈AnCn(βn(an),an).C^n(\beta^n(a^n),a^n)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^\infty e^{-t}\,h\cdot\hat Q^n_t\,dt\Big],\qquad V^n=\inf_{\beta^n\in\mathbb B^n}\sup_{a^n\in\mathcal A^n}C^n(\beta^n(a^n),a^n).Cn(βn(an),an)=E[∫0∞​e−th⋅Q^​tn​dt],Vn=βn∈Bninf​an∈Ansup​Cn(βn(an),an).

Assumptions. With ξπ\xi^\piξπ the mean and qπq^\piqπ half the variance of π\piπ, and bπℓn=n1/2(ξπ−1/μℓ)b^{\pi\ell n}=n^{1/2}(\xi^\pi-1/\mu^\ell)bπℓn=n1/2(ξπ−1/μℓ), the sets Kℓn={(bπℓn,qπ):π∈Πℓn}K^{\ell n}=\{(b^{\pi\ell n},q^\pi):\pi\in\Pi^{\ell n}\}Kℓn={(bπℓn,qπ):π∈Πℓn} converge in the Hausdorff distance to compact sets Kℓ⊂R×(0,∞)K^\ell\subset\mathbb R\times(0,\infty)Kℓ⊂R×(0,∞); fourth moments are uniformly bounded; ∑ℓ1/μℓ=1\sum_\ell 1/\mu^\ell=1∑ℓ​1/μℓ=1 (heavy traffic); and types are labelled so that h1μ1≤⋯≤hLμLh^1\mu^1\le\dots\le h^L\mu^Lh1μ1≤⋯≤hLμL, with h1μ1=1h^1\mu^1=1h1μ1=1.

HJB equation. With Hℓ(v1,v2)=max⁡(b,q)∈ch(Kℓ)(bv1+qv2)H^\ell(v_1,v_2)=\max_{(b,q)\in\mathrm{ch}(K^\ell)}(bv_1+qv_2)Hℓ(v1​,v2​)=max(b,q)∈ch(Kℓ)​(bv1​+qv2​),

∑ℓ=1LHℓ(u′(w),u′′(w))−u(w)+w=0,w≥0,u′(0)=0,lim sup⁡w→∞∣u(w)∣/w<∞.\sum_{\ell=1}^L H^\ell(u'(w),u''(w))-u(w)+w=0,\quad w\ge0,\qquad u'(0)=0,\quad \limsup_{w\to\infty}|u(w)|/w<\infty .ℓ=1∑L​Hℓ(u′(w),u′′(w))−u(w)+w=0,w≥0,u′(0)=0,w→∞limsup​∣u(w)∣/w<∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

Vn⟶u(0)(n→∞),V^n\longrightarrow u(0)\qquad(n\to\infty),Vn⟶u(0)(n→∞),

for the classical solution uuu of the HJB equation. The paper states Vn→V(0)=u(0)V^n\to\mathsf V(0)=u(0)Vn→V(0)=u(0) with V\mathsf VV the value of a martingale control problem; the goal uses the u(0)u(0)u(0) form, which leaves the martingale problem out of the statement.

Milestones

  • β*ⁿ ∈ 𝔹ⁿ: the nonpreemptive cµ strategy is admissible.
  • Lemma 2: the total workload does not depend on the strategy.
  • Lemma 3: second moments of the scaled workload and queue length grow at most like (t+1)2(t+1)^2(t+1)2, uniformly in nnn, the control and the strategy.
  • Lemma 4: Q^ℓn−μℓW^ℓn→0\hat Q^{\ell n}-\mu^\ell\hat W^{\ell n}\to0Q^​ℓn−μℓW^ℓn→0 uniformly in probability over strategies (the snapshot principle).
  • Lemma 5: under the cµ policy the workload of types 2,…,L2,\dots,L2,…,L vanishes.
  • Theorem 1: inf⁡βnCn(βn(an),an)−Cn(β∗n(an),an)→0\inf_{\beta^n}C^n(\beta^n(a^n),a^n)-C^n(\beta^{*n}(a^n),a^n)\to0infβn​Cn(βn(an),an)−Cn(β∗n(an),an)→0 for every adversary.
  • Proposition 1.1: the HJB equation has a unique classical solution. Proposition 1.3: it is nonnegative, non-decreasing and convex.
  • (47): lim sup⁡nCn(β∗n(an),an)≤u(0)\limsup_nC^n(\beta^{*n}(a^n),a^n)\le u(0)limsupn​Cn(β∗n(an),an)≤u(0) for every control sequence.
  • Theorem 2.2: measurable selectors ψℓn\psi^{\ell n}ψℓn attaining the prelimit Hamiltonian.
  • (55): for the feedback control πkℓn=ψℓn(Wk−1n)\pi^{\ell n}_k=\psi^{\ell n}(\mathsf W^n_{k-1})πkℓn​=ψℓn(Wk−1n​), u(0)≤lim inf⁡nCn(β∗n(a∗n),a∗n)u(0)\le\liminf_nC^n(\beta^{*n}(a^{*n}),a^{*n})u(0)≤liminfn​Cn(β∗n(a∗n),a∗n).

Significance

The result gives the first-order asymptotics of a scheduling game with model uncertainty: the scheduler loses nothing by ignoring the adversary and using the cµ rule, and the adversary's best response is a state-feedback choice of drift and variance determined by u′u'u′ and u′′u''u′′. Theorem 1 is a robustness statement for one of the most widely used scheduling rules; Theorem 2 reduces a game on path space to a scalar nonlinear ODE.

The paper's proofs are complete, so the remaining work is formalization. No part of this result, and none of its objects (heavy-traffic queues with adversarial service distributions, the nonpreemptive cµ policy as a map on path space, the HJB equation of a reflected controlled diffusion), has a known machine-checked statement or proof.

Difficulty

The statement is a limit of a real sequence, but each term is an infimum over measurable, causal, work-conserving maps on path space of a supremum over feedback choices of distributions. The proofs (§§4–7 and the appendix) use uniform C-tightness of prelimit processes, weak convergence in D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞), the existence theory for fully nonlinear uniformly elliptic equations (Gilbarg–Trudinger, Thm 17.18), martingale characterizations of limits (Jacod–Shiryaev, Cor. VI.6.30; Karatzas–Shreve, Thm 5.5.15), measurable selection (Budhiraja–Dupuis, Lemma 8.10), and Taylor expansion of uuu along the prelimit workload. The obvious route through the uncontrolled diffusion limit fails because the adversary's variance choice is state dependent, so no single limiting Brownian motion describes all adversaries; the limit is a control problem, not a process.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace HighUncertHT.Game. Types are Fin L, 0-based (the paper's type 1 is index 0). Distributions are ProbabilityMeasure ℝ with no mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0), with the weak topology. Systems are indexed by n≥1n\ge1n≥1; the class at n=0n=0n=0 is required to satisfy the same conditions so that control sequences indexed by N\mathbb NN exist. Costs and values are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (lower Lebesgue integrals), sup norms are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], the Hausdorff distance is the extended one, and derivatives of uuu are one-sided on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).

An adversary control is encoded by its feedback map from past job sizes to distributions and the measurable Markov kernel it induces; its law is the Ionescu–Tulcea trajectory measure. By (5), the Doob–Dynkin lemma and (7), this has the same laws, hence the same costs, as the paper's An\mathcal A^nAn. Strategies are measurable for the product σ-algebras. The cµ strategy β∗n\beta^{*n}β∗n is defined explicitly by an event recursion over service decisions.

The standing assumptions (Assumptions 1–2, labelling (14), h1μ1=1h^1\mu^1=1h1μ1=1) are fields of the Setting and hold in every statement. Corrected printed slips: the priority rule serves the highest index (p. 9 prints "lowest", contradicting the cµ rule and Lemma 5); the departure count is capped at the number of arrived jobs (p. 6); "→ 0 in probability" for processes is read as convergence of the sup norm on compact intervals (Lemma 5); (55) is stated for the control (61), not (15).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: Bn\mathbb B^nBn is nonempty because β∗n∈Bn\beta^{*n}\in\mathbb B^nβ∗n∈Bn is a milestone; the HJB has a classical solution (Proposition 1.1), so the goal is not vacuous; no expectation is a Bochner integral that could vanish for non-integrable integrands; u′u'u′ is not a junk deriv; and (55) asserts that its feedback control exists.

Needed infrastructure: diffusion-scaled processes and their tightness in D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞), the one-dimensional Skorokhod map and its Lipschitz property, martingale estimates for sums of conditionally centred job sizes, and the existence theory for the HJB equation. The Skorokhod map, the queue primitives and the cµ policy are reusable for other heavy-traffic missions. Contributions on any milestone, or on general lemmas they need, are welcome. Not included: Lemmas 1, 6, 7, 8, Proposition 1.2, Proposition 2, Theorem 2.3 and the martingale control problem.

Selected references

  • R. Atar, E. Castiel, Y. Shadmi, Scheduling in the High Uncertainty Heavy Traffic Regime, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2204.05733v1, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2204.05733v1
  • J. A. van Mieghem, Dynamic scheduling with convex delay costs: the generalized cμ rule, Annals of Applied Probability 5(3), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177004702
  • M. I. Reiman, Some diffusion approximations with state space collapse, in Modelling and Performance Evaluation Methodology, Springer LNCIS 60, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0005161
  • D. Gilbarg, N. S. Trudinger, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Springer, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61798-0
  • A. Budhiraja, P. Dupuis, Analysis and Approximation of Rare Events, Springer, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4939-9579-0
20 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time 2: Under Pseudo-Exponential Discounting, a Two-State Generator Is a Weak but Not a Strong EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

An agent whose preferences change over time cannot simply optimize once: a plan that is optimal today may be abandoned tomorrow by the agent's own "future selves". This is time inconsistency, and its standard source is non-exponential discounting, studied since Strotz (1955). The usual response, going back to Strotz and made rigorous in continuous time by Ekeland and Lazrak (2006), is to look for an equilibrium strategy: a strategy from which no future self wants to deviate. In continuous time "no incentive to deviate" is encoded through a first-order condition, which Huang and Zhou call a weak equilibrium.

Björk, Khapko and Murgoci (2017, Remark 3.5) observed that this first-order condition need not express the absence of an incentive to deviate: it only says that a derivative vanishes or is nonnegative, and a stationary point need not be a maximum. Huang and Zhou (Math. Oper. Res. 46(2), 2021; read here as arXiv:1809.09243v3) introduce a strong equilibrium, which requires the agent's payoff to be no better after any short deviation, and study the two notions for continuous-time Markov chains with controlled generators. This mission formalizes their main example (Example 4.3): a concrete two-state model in which a weak equilibrium fails to be strong, so that an agent in one state strictly gains from deviating on every short interval.

Setting

The state space is S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N}. A generator is a matrix Q∈RN×NQ\in\mathbb R^{N\times N}Q∈RN×N whose iii-th row QiQ_iQi​ lies in Ei={q:qj≥0 (j≠i), qi=−∑j≠iqj}E_i=\{q: q_j\ge0\ (j\ne i),\ q_i=-\sum_{j\ne i}q_j\}Ei​={q:qj​≥0 (j=i), qi​=−∑j=i​qj​}. Admissible rows form sets Di⊆EiD_i\subseteq E_iDi​⊆Ei​, and the control space is Q={Q:Qi∈Di ∀i}\mathcal Q=\{Q: Q_i\in D_i\ \forall i\}Q={Q:Qi​∈Di​ ∀i}. A payoff function f(t,i,q)f(t,i,q)f(t,i,q) gives the payment rate at time difference ttt in state iii when row qqq is in force. The expected payoff of using QQQ from state iii is

F(i,Q)=Ei,Q[∫0∞f(t,Xt,QXt) dt]=∫0∞∑j(etQ)ij f(t,j,Qj) dt.F(i,Q)=\mathbb E_{i,Q}\Big[\int_0^\infty f(t,X_t,Q_{X_t})\,dt\Big]=\int_0^\infty\sum_j (e^{tQ})_{ij}\,f(t,j,Q_j)\,dt .F(i,Q)=Ei,Q​[∫0∞​f(t,Xt​,QXt​​)dt]=∫0∞​j∑​(etQ)ij​f(t,j,Qj​)dt.

The concatenation Q⊗εQ∗Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*Q⊗ε​Q∗ uses QQQ on [0,ε][0,\varepsilon][0,ε] and Q∗Q^*Q∗ afterwards. A generator Q∗∈QQ^*\in\mathcal QQ∗∈Q is a weak equilibrium if lim inf⁡ε↓0[F(i,Q∗)−F(i,Q⊗εQ∗)]/ε≥0\liminf_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}[F(i,Q^*)-F(i,Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*)]/\varepsilon\ge0liminfε↓0​[F(i,Q∗)−F(i,Q⊗ε​Q∗)]/ε≥0 for all i∈Si\in Si∈S, Q∈QQ\in\mathcal QQ∈Q, and a strong equilibrium if for all i,Qi,Qi,Q there is ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 with F(i,Q∗)≥F(i,Q⊗ε′Q∗)F(i,Q^*)\ge F(i,Q\otimes_{\varepsilon'}Q^*)F(i,Q∗)≥F(i,Q⊗ε′​Q∗) for every ε′∈(0,ε]\varepsilon'\in(0,\varepsilon]ε′∈(0,ε].

The paper's first-order and second-order quantities are

ΓQ∗(Qi)=f(0,i,Qi)+Qi⋅F(Q∗),ΛQ∗(i,Q)=ft(0,i,Qi)+Qi⋅(2G(Q∗)+ΓQ∗(Q)),\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q_i)=f(0,i,Q_i)+Q_i\cdot F(Q^*),\qquad \Lambda^{Q^*}(i,Q)=f_t(0,i,Q_i)+Q_i\cdot\big(2G(Q^*)+\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q)\big),ΓQ∗(Qi​)=f(0,i,Qi​)+Qi​⋅F(Q∗),ΛQ∗(i,Q)=ft​(0,i,Qi​)+Qi​⋅(2G(Q∗)+ΓQ∗(Q)),

with GGG the payoff computed with the time derivative ftf_tft​ in place of fff.

In the two-state model of §4, S={1,2}S=\{1,2\}S={1,2}, Di=EiD_i=E_iDi​=Ei​, every generator is Q∼(a,b)=[−aab−b]Q\sim(a,b)=\begin{bmatrix}-a&a\\ b&-b\end{bmatrix}Q∼(a,b)=[−ab​a−b​] with a,b≥0a,b\ge0a,b≥0, and f(t,1,(−a,a))=δ(t)g1(a)f(t,1,(-a,a))=\delta(t)g_1(a)f(t,1,(−a,a))=δ(t)g1​(a), f(t,2,(b,−b))=δ(t)g2(b)f(t,2,(b,-b))=\delta(t)g_2(b)f(t,2,(b,−b))=δ(t)g2​(b) with the pseudo-exponential discount δ(t)=λe−ρt+(1−λ)e−ρ′t\delta(t)=\lambda e^{-\rho t}+(1-\lambda)e^{-\rho't}δ(t)=λe−ρt+(1−λ)e−ρ′t. Example 4.3 takes λ=12\lambda=\tfrac12λ=21​, ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1, ρ′=2\rho'=2ρ′=2, g1(a)=−a2g_1(a)=-a^2g1​(a)=−a2, and g2(b)=193144+56bg_2(b)=\tfrac{193}{144}+\tfrac56bg2​(b)=144193​+65​b for b<712b<\tfrac7{12}b<127​, g2(b)=2−(1−b)2g_2(b)=2-(1-b)^2g2​(b)=2−(1−b)2 for b≥712b\ge\tfrac7{12}b≥127​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Example 4.3

Q∗∼(512,712) is a weak equilibrium and not a strong equilibrium.Q^*\sim\Big(\frac5{12},\frac7{12}\Big)\ \text{is a weak equilibrium and not a strong equilibrium.}Q∗∼(125​,127​) is a weak equilibrium and not a strong equilibrium.

The statement is fully explicit and has no hypotheses.

Milestones

  1. (4.3)–(4.4): closed forms of F1−F2F_1-F_2F1​−F2​ and G1−G2G_1-G_2G1​−G2​ for Q∼(a,b)Q\sim(a,b)Q∼(a,b) under pseudo-exponential discounting.
  2. (4.5), (4.6), (4.8): ΓQ∗(Q1)\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q_1)ΓQ∗(Q1​), ΓQ∗(Q2)\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q_2)ΓQ∗(Q2​) and ΛQ∗(2,Q)\Lambda^{Q^*}(2,Q)ΛQ∗(2,Q) in the two-state model.
  3. Theorem 3.1: under (2.3) and (3.3), Q∗Q^*Q∗ is weak iff ΓQ∗(Qi∗)≥ΓQ∗(Qi)\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q^*_i)\ge\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q_i)ΓQ∗(Qi∗​)≥ΓQ∗(Qi​) for all (i,Q)(i,Q)(i,Q).
  4. (4.11): at Q∗Q^*Q∗, Γ1\Gamma_1Γ1​ is maximized uniquely at a∗a^*a∗ and arg max⁡b≥0Γ2(b)=[0,7/12]\operatorname{arg\,max}_{b\ge0}\Gamma_2(b)=[0,7/12]argmaxb≥0​Γ2​(b)=[0,7/12].
  5. Proposition 3.3: the second-order test on the set RRR of equality cases.
  6. (4.12): Λ2(a∗,b)=−b/12−579/288\Lambda_2(a^*,b)=-b/12-579/288Λ2​(a∗,b)=−b/12−579/288 on [0,7/12][0,7/12][0,7/12], so Λ2(a∗,b∗)<Λ2(a∗,b)\Lambda_2(a^*,b^*)<\Lambda_2(a^*,b)Λ2​(a∗,b∗)<Λ2​(a∗,b) for b∈[0,7/12)b\in[0,7/12)b∈[0,7/12).

Further statements

Remark 4.1: for Q∼(5/12,b)Q\sim(5/12,b)Q∼(5/12,b), b∈[0,7/12)b\in[0,7/12)b∈[0,7/12), F(2,Q∗)<F(2,Q⊗εQ∗)F(2,Q^*)<F(2,Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*)F(2,Q∗)<F(2,Q⊗ε​Q∗) for all small ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. And (4.13): the equation 56≤2a=12(11+a+12+a)(a2+193144)\tfrac56\le2a=\tfrac12(\tfrac1{1+a}+\tfrac1{2+a})(a^2+\tfrac{193}{144})65​≤2a=21​(1+a1​+2+a1​)(a2+144193​) has a unique solution aˉ≥0\bar a\ge0aˉ≥0, and Qˉ∗∼(aˉ,0)\bar Q^*\sim(\bar a,0)Qˉ​∗∼(aˉ,0) is a strong equilibrium.

Significance

The example shows that the weak equilibrium concept, the standard one in the time-inconsistency literature since Ekeland and Lazrak, admits strategies that an agent would abandon: Remark 4.1 exhibits a deviation that strictly increases the payoff on every short interval. Together with (4.13), it shows that in one and the same model a weak-but-not-strong equilibrium and a strong equilibrium coexist, so the choice of equilibrium concept changes which strategies are predicted. The example is the paper's justification for introducing strong equilibria.

The result is proved in the paper, through the first-order characterization (Theorem 3.1), the second-order test (Proposition 3.3, resting on the second-order expansion Lemma 3.2) and explicit computations in the two-state model. None of it has been machine-checked. A formal proof would provide checked versions of Theorem 3.1 and Proposition 3.3 for finite-state chains, reusable for any other example, and an independent check of the arithmetic of Example 4.3, where the source contains at least one misprinted formula.

Difficulty

Both conjuncts of the goal concern the small-ε\varepsilonε behaviour of F(2,Q⊗εQ∗)F(2,Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*)F(2,Q⊗ε​Q∗), an integral of products of matrix exponentials. Weakness reduces to a first-order comparison by Theorem 3.1, but its proof needs the expansion (3.6) with an o(ε)o(\varepsilon)o(ε) remainder controlled uniformly enough to pass under the integral over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). Failure of strong equilibrium cannot be read off the first-order term: at b∗=7/12b^*=7/12b∗=7/12 the maximizer of Γ2\Gamma_2Γ2​ is not unique, every b∈[0,7/12)b\in[0,7/12)b∈[0,7/12) ties at first order, and the decision moves to the second-order coefficient Λ\LambdaΛ of Lemma 3.2, whose derivation needs a second-order expansion of the concatenated payoff. The regularity hypotheses of Lemma 3.2 and of (3.3) must also be verified for the example's discount function.

Formalization scope

States are Fin N; the paper's state kkk is index k−1k-1k−1, so in the two-state model state 1 is 0 : Fin 2 and state 2 is 1 : Fin 2. Expectations are written through the transition matrices etQe^{tQ}etQ (NormedSpace.exp (t • Q)) and Fubini, exactly as the paper computes on p. 23; no Markov process is constructed. Payoffs are Bochner integrals over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). The weak-equilibrium condition is written as "for every η>0\eta>0η>0, eventually as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0ε↓0 the quotient is ≥−η\ge-\eta≥−η", which is lim inf⁡≥0\liminf\ge0liminf≥0 without a real-valued liminf. The norm in (2.3) is the sup norm, equivalent to the paper's Euclidean norm because (2.3) quantifies over every c>0c>0c>0.

Standing assumptions: Di⊆EiD_i\subseteq E_iDi​⊆Ei​, continuity of fff in ttt (2.2) and the integrability condition (2.3). Theorem 3.1 adds the shift bound (3.3)–(3.5); Proposition 3.3 assumes the conditions of Lemma 3.2, with the derivative ftf_tft​ tied to fff. The closed forms (4.3)–(4.4) assume ρ,ρ′>0\rho,\rho'>0ρ,ρ′>0 (the page allows ρ,ρ′≥0\rho,\rho'\ge0ρ,ρ′≥0, but with a zero rate the payoff integral diverges); the algebraic identities (4.5)–(4.8) keep the page's ρ,ρ′≥0\rho,\rho'\ge0ρ,ρ′≥0; Example 4.3 has ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1, ρ′=2\rho'=2ρ′=2. Statement (4.11) gives Γ2(b)=g2(b)−56b\Gamma_2(b)=g_2(b)-\tfrac56bΓ2​(b)=g2​(b)−65​b and the argmax; the page's case formula for b≥7/12b\ge7/12b≥7/12 contains a misprint and is not used.

No trivializing reading is available: the goal has no hypotheses, FFF is built from etQe^{tQ}etQ and the concatenation uses QQQ before and Q∗Q^*Q∗ after ε\varepsilonε, so neither conjunct holds by a junk value. Integrability of every payoff follows from (2.3) and is never assumed.

Theorem 3.1 and the second-order package are also drafted in the companion mission on existence of equilibria; they are restated here in the sub-namespace StrongWeakEq.TwoState. The goal needs the verification of (2.3), (3.3) and the Lemma 3.2 conditions for the example (convexity of δ\deltaδ gives (3.15)), the closed forms of etQe^{tQ}etQ for two-state generators, and the expansions of the paper. Contributions of proofs of the general results (Theorem 3.1, Proposition 3.3) are welcome independently of the example.

Selected references

  • Y.-J. Huang and Z. Zhou, Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time, Math. Oper. Res. 46(2), 2021; arXiv:1809.09243v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.09243, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2020.1066
  • I. Ekeland and A. Lazrak, Being serious about non-commitment: subgame perfect equilibrium in continuous time, 2006. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0604264
  • T. Björk, M. Khapko and A. Murgoci, On time-inconsistent stochastic control in continuous time, Finance Stoch. 21 (2017), pp. 331–360.
  • R. H. Strotz, Myopia and inconsistency in dynamic utility maximization, Rev. Econ. Stud. 23 (1955), pp. 165–180.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time 4: Limits of Equilibria of the Time-Discretized Problems Are Weak Equilibria in Continuous TimeResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker is time-inconsistent when the plan that is optimal today stops being optimal tomorrow. The standard source is non-exponential discounting: a reward ttt units of time ahead is weighted by δ(t)\delta(t)δ(t), and unless δ\deltaδ is exponential the relative weight of two future dates changes as time passes. Hyperbolic and pseudo-exponential discount functions, which fit experimental and group-decision data better than exponential ones, all have this property. For such an agent "optimal control" is not a meaningful target, and the literature instead looks for equilibrium policies: plans that no current self wants to deviate from, given that all future selves follow the plan.

In discrete time the definition is unambiguous: a policy is an equilibrium if deviating at the current step alone does not help. In continuous time there is no "current step", and the usual definition, due to Ekeland and Lazrak (2006), compares the payoff of the plan with that of a deviation on a short interval [0,ε][0,\varepsilon][0,ε] through a first-order condition as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0ε↓0. Huang and Zhou (arXiv:1809.09243, Math. Oper. Res. 2021) call this a weak equilibrium, introduce a strong equilibrium that requires the deviation to be unprofitable for every small ε\varepsilonε, and study both for a controlled finite-state Markov chain.

A natural question is whether continuous-time equilibria are the limits of the discrete-time ones as the time step shrinks. This mission formalizes the paper's answer (§5.1): limits of discrete equilibria are always weak equilibria. The paper's Example 5.1 shows they need not be strong.

Setting

The state space is S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N}. A continuous-time Markov chain on SSS is controlled through its generator Q=(qij)Q=(q_{ij})Q=(qij​): in state iii the row QiQ_iQi​ is chosen from an admissible set Di⊆Ei={q:qj≥0 (j≠i), qi=−∑j≠iqj}D_i\subseteq E_i=\{q: q_j\ge0\ (j\ne i),\ q_i=-\sum_{j\ne i}q_j\}Di​⊆Ei​={q:qj​≥0 (j=i), qi​=−∑j=i​qj​}, and the control space is Q={Q:Qi∈Di ∀i}\mathcal Q=\{Q: Q_i\in D_i\ \forall i\}Q={Q:Qi​∈Di​ ∀i}. A payoff function f(t,i,q)f(t,i,q)f(t,i,q) gives the reward at time-distance ttt from now, in state iii, under row qqq. The standing assumptions are continuity of t↦f(t,i,q)t\mapsto f(t,i,q)t↦f(t,i,q) on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and, for each c>0c>0c>0, integrability over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) of sup⁡i, q∈Di, ∥q∥≤c∣f(t,i,q)∣\sup_{i,\,q\in D_i,\,\|q\|\le c}|f(t,i,q)|supi,q∈Di​,∥q∥≤c​∣f(t,i,q)∣ (condition (2.3)). The expected payoff from state iii is

F(i,Q)=Ei,Q[∫0∞f(t,Xt,QXt) dt]=∫0∞∑j(etQ)ijf(t,j,Qj) dt,F(i,Q)=\mathbb E_{i,Q}\Big[\int_0^\infty f(t,X_t,Q_{X_t})\,dt\Big]=\int_0^\infty\sum_j(e^{tQ})_{ij}f(t,j,Q_j)\,dt,F(i,Q)=Ei,Q​[∫0∞​f(t,Xt​,QXt​​)dt]=∫0∞​j∑​(etQ)ij​f(t,j,Qj​)dt,

and F(Q)=(F(1,Q),…,F(N,Q))F(Q)=(F(1,Q),\dots,F(N,Q))F(Q)=(F(1,Q),…,F(N,Q)). With Q⊗εQ∗Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*Q⊗ε​Q∗ the generator that uses QQQ on [0,ε][0,\varepsilon][0,ε] and Q∗Q^*Q∗ afterwards, Q∗∈QQ^*\in\mathcal QQ∗∈Q is a weak equilibrium if lim inf⁡ε↓0(F(i,Q∗)−F(i,Q⊗εQ∗))/ε≥0\liminf_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}\big(F(i,Q^*)-F(i,Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*)\big)/\varepsilon\ge0liminfε↓0​(F(i,Q∗)−F(i,Q⊗ε​Q∗))/ε≥0 for all iii and Q∈QQ\in\mathcal QQ∈Q. The first-order quantity is ΓQ∗(q)=f(0,i,q)+q⋅F(Q∗)\Gamma^{Q^*}(q)=f(0,i,q)+q\cdot F(Q^*)ΓQ∗(q)=f(0,i,q)+q⋅F(Q∗).

Discretization. Fix a mesh δn>0\delta_n>0δn​>0. A transition matrix uuu (rows in the probability simplex P\mathfrak PP) has generator Qu,n=(u−I)/δnQ^{u,n}=(u-I)/\delta_nQu,n=(u−I)/δn​, the admissible matrices are An={u:Qu,n∈Q}\mathcal A^n=\{u: Q^{u,n}\in\mathcal Q\}An={u:Qu,n∈Q}, and the discrete payoff is κn(k,i,α)=f(kδn,i,(α−ei)/δn) δn\kappa^n(k,i,\alpha)=f\big(k\delta_n,i,(\alpha-e_i)/\delta_n\big)\,\delta_nκn(k,i,α)=f(kδn​,i,(α−ei​)/δn​)δn​. The discrete value is Vn(i,u)=Ei,u[∑k≥0κn(k,Xk,uXk)]V^n(i,u)=\mathbb E_{i,u}\big[\sum_{k\ge0}\kappa^n(k,X_k,u_{X_k})\big]Vn(i,u)=Ei,u​[∑k≥0​κn(k,Xk​,uXk​​)], and un∈Anu^n\in\mathcal A^nun∈An is a discrete equilibrium if Vn(i,un)≥Vn(i,u⊗1un)V^n(i,u^n)\ge V^n(i,u\otimes_1u^n)Vn(i,un)≥Vn(i,u⊗1​un) for all iii and u∈Anu\in\mathcal A^nu∈An, where u⊗1unu\otimes_1u^nu⊗1​un uses uuu at time 000 and unu^nun afterwards. The continuation values are Hin(un)=Ei,un[∑k≥0κn(k+1,Xk,uXkn)]H^n_i(u^n)=\mathbb E_{i,u^n}\big[\sum_{k\ge0}\kappa^n(k+1,X_k,u^n_{X_k})\big]Hin​(un)=Ei,un​[∑k≥0​κn(k+1,Xk​,uXk​n​)]. Theorem 5.2 additionally assumes (5.8): for some T>0T>0T>0, t↦∣f(t,i,q)∣t\mapsto|f(t,i,q)|t↦∣f(t,i,q)∣ is nonincreasing on [T,∞)[T,\infty)[T,∞).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2

Let δn↓0\delta_n\downarrow0δn​↓0, let unu^nun be an equilibrium of the problem with mesh δn\delta_nδn​, Qn=Qun,nQ^n=Q^{u^n,n}Qn=Qun,n, and suppose f(⋅,i,⋅)f(\cdot,i,\cdot)f(⋅,i,⋅) is continuous on [0,∞)×Di[0,\infty)\times D_i[0,∞)×Di​. If Qnk→Q∗∈QQ^{n_k}\to Q^*\in\mathcal QQnk​→Q∗∈Q along a subsequence, then

ΓQ∗(Qi∗)≥ΓQ∗(Qi)for all (i,Q)∈S×Q,and Q∗ is a weak equilibrium.\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q^*_i)\ge\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q_i)\quad\text{for all }(i,Q)\in S\times\mathcal Q,\qquad\text{and } Q^* \text{ is a weak equilibrium.}ΓQ∗(Qi∗​)≥ΓQ∗(Qi​)for all (i,Q)∈S×Q,and Q∗ is a weak equilibrium.

Milestones

  1. (5.12): an equilibrium unu^nun satisfies κn(0,i,uin)+Hn(un)⋅uin≥κn(0,i,ui)+Hn(un)⋅ui\kappa^n(0,i,u^n_i)+H^n(u^n)\cdot u^n_i\ge\kappa^n(0,i,u_i)+H^n(u^n)\cdot u_iκn(0,i,uin​)+Hn(un)⋅uin​≥κn(0,i,ui​)+Hn(un)⋅ui​ for all u∈Anu\in\mathcal A^nu∈An.
  2. Generator form (proof of Theorem 5.2): dividing by δn\delta_nδn​, the same inequality reads f(0,i,Qin)+H⋅Qin≥f(0,i,Qiu,n)+H⋅Qiu,nf(0,i,Q^n_i)+H\cdot Q^n_i\ge f(0,i,Q^{u,n}_i)+H\cdot Q^{u,n}_if(0,i,Qin​)+H⋅Qin​≥f(0,i,Qiu,n​)+H⋅Qiu,n​.
  3. Continuity of Q↦F(Q)Q\mapsto F(Q)Q↦F(Q) on Q\mathcal QQ (proof of Theorem 3.3).
  4. Lemma 5.1: Hink(unk)→F(i,Q∗)H^{n_k}_i(u^{n_k})\to F(i,Q^*)Hink​​(unk​)→F(i,Q∗) along the subsequence.

Significance

The theorem justifies the weak-equilibrium notion from discrete time: whatever a time-inconsistent agent does on a fine time grid, the continuous-time limit satisfies the first-order condition (3.10). Combined with the paper's discrete existence result (Theorem 5.1) and compactness of Q\mathcal QQ, it yields weak equilibria by approximation (Remark 5.3). It also locates the gap between the two notions: the limit is weak but in general not strong.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing about it is open. No part of it has a machine-checked proof. A formal development adds a checked Euler-scheme comparison between (I+δQ)k(I+\delta Q)^k(I+δQ)k and ekδQe^{k\delta Q}ekδQ for generator matrices, a dominated passage to the limit for Riemann sums of the payoff, and continuity of the payoff in the generator, each reusable for other finite-state continuous-time control problems.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to divide the discrete one-step inequality (5.12) by δn\delta_nδn​ and let n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞. Its algebraic part is immediate. The difficulty is the convergence of the discrete continuation values Hn(un)H^n(u^n)Hn(un), which are infinite sums along a discrete chain with transition matrix unu^nun, to the continuous payoff F(Q∗)F(Q^*)F(Q∗), an integral along the continuous chain with generator Q∗Q^*Q∗. Three errors must be controlled at once: the discrete chain against the chain sampled from etQne^{tQ^n}etQn (the difference of kkk-th powers grows with k≈M/δnk\approx M/\delta_nk≈M/δn​), the Riemann sum against the integral (needs uniform continuity of fff jointly in ttt and qqq), and F(Qn)F(Q^n)F(Qn) against F(Q∗)F(Q^*)F(Q∗). The tail of the infinite sums is not controlled by (2.3) alone: integrability of a majorant does not make its samples on a grid summable, which is why (5.8) is assumed. A second subtlety concerns the last step: the paper passes from (3.10) to the weak-equilibrium property through Theorem 3.1, which assumes a condition (3.3) that Theorem 5.2 does not. The conclusion is still true without (3.3), but no numbered statement of the paper provides that step.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin N; rows are Fin N → ℝ with the sup norm, generators and transition matrices are Matrix (Fin N) (Fin N) ℝ with the product topology.
  • Expectations are written through marginals: F(i,Q)=∫0∞∑j(etQ)ijf(t,j,Qj) dtF(i,Q)=\int_0^\infty\sum_j(e^{tQ})_{ij}f(t,j,Q_j)\,dtF(i,Q)=∫0∞​∑j​(etQ)ij​f(t,j,Qj​)dt (Bochner integral) and Hin(u)=∑k∑j(uk)ijκn(k+1,j,uj)H^n_i(u)=\sum_k\sum_j(u^k)_{ij}\kappa^n(k+1,j,u_j)Hin​(u)=∑k​∑j​(uk)ij​κn(k+1,j,uj​) (tsum). No Markov process is constructed.
  • The weak-equilibrium liminf is encoded as "for every η>0\eta>0η>0, eventually as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0ε↓0 the quotient is ≥−η\ge-\eta≥−η".
  • "f(⋅,i,⋅)f(\cdot,i,\cdot)f(⋅,i,⋅) is continuous" is joint continuity on [0,∞)×Di[0,\infty)\times D_i[0,∞)×Di​; (5.8) is required for q∈Diq\in D_iq∈Di​; δn↓0\delta_n\downarrow0δn​↓0 is positivity, monotonicity and convergence to 000; the subsequence is a strictly increasing φ:N→N\varphi:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Nφ:N→N.
  • Not assumed: integrability of FFF, summability of HnH^nHn or (5.2) for κn\kappa^nκn (they follow from (2.3) and (5.8)), compactness of DiD_iDi​, and condition (3.3).
  • The equilibria unu^nun, the generators Qn=(un−I)/δnQ^n=(u^n-I)/\delta_nQn=(un−I)/δn​ and the subsequence are part of the goal's data. A version that only assumes "Qn→Q∗Q^n\to Q^*Qn→Q∗" for arbitrary Qn∈QQ^n\in\mathcal QQn∈Q would be false and is ruled out.
  • The continuity milestone is proved in the paper for compact DiD_iDi​; it is stated here without compactness, since only convergent sequences in Q\mathcal QQ matter.
  • Needed infrastructure: bounds on ∥(I+δQ)k−ekδQ∥\|(I+\delta Q)^k-e^{k\delta Q}\|∥(I+δQ)k−ekδQ∥ for generator matrices, stochasticity of etQe^{tQ}etQ for generator QQQ, dominated convergence for the payoff integral and for the discrete series. Contributions of these general lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y.-J. Huang and Z. Zhou, Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time, Math. Oper. Res. 46(2), 2021; read as arXiv:1809.09243v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.09243 , https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2020.1066
  • I. Ekeland and A. Lazrak, Being serious about non-commitment: subgame perfect equilibrium in continuous time, tech. rep., University of British Columbia, 2006. http://arxiv.org/abs/math/0604264
  • S. N. Ethier and T. G. Kurtz, Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence, Wiley, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316658
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationLinear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Quadratic Matrix Inequalities with Applications to Data-Based Control II: Matrix Finsler's Lemma — Z⁰ᵣ(N) ⊆ Zᵣ(M) iff M − αN ⪰ 0 for Some α ≥ 0Research Paper

Motivation

Finsler's lemma (P. Finsler, 1937) states that for symmetric matrices M,N∈SnM,N\in\mathbb S^nM,N∈Sn, the quadratic form x⊤Mxx^\top Mxx⊤Mx is positive on every nonzero xxx with x⊤Nx=0x^\top Nx=0x⊤Nx=0 if and only if M−αN>0M-\alpha N>0M−αN>0 for some real α\alphaα. Together with the S-lemma of Yakubovich it is one of the basic tools for converting a statement about all vectors satisfying a quadratic constraint into a single linear matrix inequality (LMI) in a multiplier, which can then be checked by semidefinite programming. Both results are used throughout robust control, where uncertainty is described by quadratic constraints.

In data-driven control the unknown object is a matrix, not a vector: the system matrices (A,B)(A,B)(A,B) consistent with noisy measurements form a set of the form

Zr(N)={Z∈Rr×q:[IZ]⊤N[IZ]⩾0},\mathcal Z_r(N)=\Big\{Z\in\mathbb R^{r\times q}:\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}^\top N\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}\geqslant0\Big\},Zr​(N)={Z∈Rr×q:[IZ​]⊤N[IZ​]⩾0},

and a controller has to work for every element of such a set. H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising and H. L. Trentelman (arXiv:2203.12959, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2023) develop matrix-valued versions of the S-lemma and of Finsler's lemma for exactly this purpose. Their matrix S-lemma (Theorem 4.7) requires a Slater-type condition: NNN must have a positive eigenvalue. This mission concerns the complementary case in which NNN has no positive eigenvalue, where the inequality defining Zr(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)Zr​(N) degenerates into an equality and a Finsler-type statement is needed.

Setting

All matrices are real. For a symmetric matrix AAA, A⩾0A\geqslant0A⩾0 (A>0A>0A>0) means positive semidefinite (definite); A⩽0A\leqslant0A⩽0 means −A⩾0-A\geqslant0−A⩾0. A†A^\daggerA† is the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse, the unique matrix XXX with AXA=AAXA=AAXA=A, XAX=XXAX=XXAX=X and AXAXAX, XAXAXA symmetric.

Fix integers q⩾1q\geqslant1q⩾1 and r⩾0r\geqslant0r⩾0. A symmetric matrix M∈Sq+rM\in\mathbb S^{q+r}M∈Sq+r is partitioned as

M=[M11M12M21M22],M=\begin{bmatrix}M_{11}&M_{12}\\ M_{21}&M_{22}\end{bmatrix},M=[M11​M21​​M12​M22​​],

with M11M_{11}M11​ of size q×qq\times qq×q and M22M_{22}M22​ of size r×rr\times rr×r, and likewise NNN. For Z∈Rr×qZ\in\mathbb R^{r\times q}Z∈Rr×q write FM(Z):=[IZ]⊤M[IZ]∈SqF_M(Z):=\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}^\top M\begin{bmatrix}I\\ Z\end{bmatrix}\in\mathbb S^qFM​(Z):=[IZ​]⊤M[IZ​]∈Sq, and define

Zr(M)={Z:FM(Z)⩾0},Zr0(N)={Z:FN(Z)=0}.\mathcal Z_r(M)=\{Z: F_M(Z)\geqslant0\},\qquad \mathcal Z_r^0(N)=\{Z: F_N(Z)=0\}.Zr​(M)={Z:FM​(Z)⩾0},Zr0​(N)={Z:FN​(Z)=0}.

The generalized Schur complement is M ∣ M22:=M11−M12M22†M21M\,|\,M_{22}:=M_{11}-M_{12}M_{22}^\dagger M_{21}M∣M22​:=M11​−M12​M22†​M21​, and the class Πq,r\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}Πq,r​ consists of the symmetric MMM with M22⩽0M_{22}\leqslant0M22​⩽0, M ∣ M22⩾0M\,|\,M_{22}\geqslant0M∣M22​⩾0 and ker⁡M22⊆ker⁡M12\ker M_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{12}kerM22​⊆kerM12​. For N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​, the condition N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 is equivalent to NNN having no positive eigenvalue; then Zr(N)=Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)=\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr​(N)=Zr0​(N). Finally, set

Θ:=[I−N22†N21]⊤M[I−N22†N21]=FM(−N22†N21).(4.4)\Theta:=\begin{bmatrix}I\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}\end{bmatrix}^\top M\begin{bmatrix}I\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}\end{bmatrix}=F_M(-N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}).\qquad(4.4)Θ:=[I−N22†​N21​​]⊤M[I−N22†​N21​​]=FM​(−N22†​N21​).(4.4)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.8 (Matrix Finsler's lemma), p. 12

First, if M−αN⩾0M-\alpha N\geqslant0M−αN⩾0 for some α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R, then Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M). Second, if M,N∈Πq,rM,N\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}M,N∈Πq,r​, N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 and ker⁡Θ⊆ker⁡(M ∣ M22)\ker\Theta\subseteq\ker(M\,|\,M_{22})kerΘ⊆ker(M∣M22​), then

Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)  ⟺  ∃ α⩾0: M−αN⩾0.\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)\iff\exists\,\alpha\geqslant0:\ M-\alpha N\geqslant0 .Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M)⟺∃α⩾0: M−αN⩾0.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 4.8, pp. 12–13)

  1. If Zr0(N)⊆Zr(M)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)Zr0​(N)⊆Zr​(M), then ker⁡N22⊆ker⁡M22\ker N_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{22}kerN22​⊆kerM22​.
  2. With T:=[I0−N22†N21I]T:=\begin{bmatrix}I&0\\ -N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}&I\end{bmatrix}T:=[I−N22†​N21​​0I​], T⊤NT=diag⁡(0,N22)T^\top NT=\operatorname{diag}(0,N_{22})T⊤NT=diag(0,N22​) and
T⊤(M−αN)T=[ΘM12−N12N22†M22M21−M22N22†N21M22−αN22].(4.6)T^\top(M-\alpha N)T=\begin{bmatrix}\Theta&M_{12}-N_{12}N_{22}^\dagger M_{22}\\ M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}&M_{22}-\alpha N_{22}\end{bmatrix}.\qquad(4.6)T⊤(M−αN)T=[ΘM21​−M22​N22†​N21​​M12​−N12​N22†​M22​M22​−αN22​​].(4.6)
  1. If ker⁡M22⊆ker⁡M12\ker M_{22}\subseteq\ker M_{12}kerM22​⊆kerM12​, then with D:=M22†M21−N22†N21D:=M_{22}^\dagger M_{21}-N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}D:=M22†​M21​−N22†​N21​, Θ=M ∣ M22+D⊤M22D\Theta=M\,|\,M_{22}+D^\top M_{22}DΘ=M∣M22​+D⊤M22​D and M22D=M21−M22N22†N21M_{22}D=M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21}M22​D=M21​−M22​N22†​N21​ (4.7a–b).
  2. Θ⩾0\Theta\geqslant0Θ⩾0 and ker⁡(M ∣ M22)=ker⁡Θ∩ker⁡(M21−M22N22†N21)\ker(M\,|\,M_{22})=\ker\Theta\cap\ker(M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21})ker(M∣M22​)=kerΘ∩ker(M21​−M22​N22†​N21​).
  3. T⊤(M−αN)T⩾0T^\top(M-\alpha N)T\geqslant0T⊤(M−αN)T⩾0 if and only if
M22−αN22−(M21−M22N22†N21) Θ† (M12−N12N22†M22)⩾0.(4.8)M_{22}-\alpha N_{22}-(M_{21}-M_{22}N_{22}^\dagger N_{21})\,\Theta^\dagger\,(M_{12}-N_{12}N_{22}^\dagger M_{22})\geqslant0.\qquad(4.8)M22​−αN22​−(M21​−M22​N22†​N21​)Θ†(M12​−N12​N22†​M22​)⩾0.(4.8)
  1. Some α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0 satisfies (4.8), and then M−αN⩾0M-\alpha N\geqslant0M−αN⩾0.

A companion item formalizes Example 4.9 (p. 13): for N=[−111−1]N=\begin{bmatrix}-1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}N=[−11​1−1​] and M=[100−1]M=\begin{bmatrix}1&0\\0&-1\end{bmatrix}M=[10​0−1​] all hypotheses except the one on Θ\ThetaΘ hold, the inclusion holds, and no α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0 works.

Significance

The theorem turns an inclusion between two sets of matrices, a statement quantified over infinitely many ZZZ, into feasibility of a scalar-multiplier LMI. In the paper it is one of four matrix S-lemma variants (Theorems 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 4.11) that together cover the cases arising in data-based control: whether the data-consistent set Zr(N)\mathcal Z_r(N)Zr​(N) has a Slater point, and whether the conclusion is non-strict or strict. Theorem 4.8 is the variant for noise models whose quadratic description has no interior, for instance exact equality constraints on the noise. Example 4.9 shows that the kernel hypothesis on Θ\ThetaΘ is genuinely needed, so the statement marks the boundary of when the lossless reduction holds.

The paper gives a complete proof. No machine-checked proof of this theorem, of the matrix S-lemma, or of Finsler's lemma in matrix form is known to exist, in Lean or elsewhere. Formalizing it produces reusable infrastructure: the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse of real matrices with its Penrose identities, the generalized Schur complement criterion for positive semidefiniteness of a block matrix, and congruence manipulations of 2×22\times22×2 block matrices, none of which is currently in Mathlib in this form.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is a one-line computation. For the "only if" direction the classical vector Finsler lemma is not directly applicable: it concerns vectors xxx with x⊤Nx=0x^\top Nx=0x⊤Nx=0, while the hypothesis here only controls matrices ZZZ with FN(Z)=0F_N(Z)=0FN​(Z)=0, which is a much smaller family when q>1q>1q>1, and the conclusion is non-strict. The natural first idea, applying the vector S-lemma, fails because NNN has no positive eigenvalue, so its Slater condition is violated. Instead one must exploit the structure of Πq,r\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}Πq,r​: the pseudo-inverse appears because N22N_{22}N22​ and M22M_{22}M22​ are typically singular, and every manipulation must track kernels and ranges exactly.

Formalization scope

The blocks are indexed by arbitrary finite types ι (size qqq) and κ (size rrr); a matrix in Sq+r\mathbb S^{q+r}Sq+r is Matrix (ι ⊕ κ) (ι ⊕ κ) ℝ, its blocks are toBlocks₁₁ etc., and Rr×q\mathbb R^{r\times q}Rr×q is Matrix κ ι ℝ. A⩾0A\geqslant0A⩾0 is Mathlib's PosSemidef, which includes symmetry. The pseudo-inverse is defined by Hilbert's choice among matrices satisfying the four Penrose conditions; since such a matrix exists and is unique, this is the pseudo-inverse and not a junk value. Kernel inclusions are stated with matrix–vector products.

One hypothesis is added and disclosed: q⩾1q\geqslant1q⩾1 (Nonempty ι) in the second statement of Theorem 4.8 and in the milestones that need it. The proof picks a nonzero vector of Rq\mathbb R^qRq, and at q=0q=0q=0 the equivalence is false (r=1r=1r=1, N=[0]N=[0]N=[0], M=[−1]M=[-1]M=[−1]). The first statement keeps a real multiplier of any sign; the second requires α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0, as printed. The hypothesis N ∣ N22=0N\,|\,N_{22}=0N∣N22​=0 together with N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​ makes Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr0​(N) nonempty, so the inclusion is never vacuous; a formalization in which Zr0(N)\mathcal Z_r^0(N)Zr0​(N) could be empty, or in which N22†N_{22}^\daggerN22†​ were replaced by the inverse (which is 000 on singular blocks in Lean), would not be this theorem.

Needed infrastructure: existence and uniqueness of the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse (needed to work with the definition at all), symmetry of A†A^\daggerA† for symmetric AAA, the generalized Schur complement criterion for [ABB⊤C]⩾0\begin{bmatrix}A&B\\B^\top&C\end{bmatrix}\geqslant0[AB⊤​BC​]⩾0, and positive semidefiniteness under congruence by an invertible matrix. These lemmas are reusable beyond this mission and contributions of them are welcome, as are proofs of the companion Example 4.9.

Selected references

  • H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising, H. L. Trentelman, Quadratic matrix inequalities with applications to data-based control, SIAM J. Control Optim., 2023; preprint arXiv:2203.12959v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2203.12959
  • P. Finsler, Über das Vorkommen definiter und semidefiniter Formen in Scharen quadratischer Formen, Comment. Math. Helv. 9 (1937), 188–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01258188
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007), 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • H. J. van Waarde, J. Eising, H. L. Trentelman, M. K. Camlibel, Data informativity: a new perspective on data-driven analysis and control, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 65 (2020), 4753–4768. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2020.2966717
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingPartial Differential EquationsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Viscosity Solutions to Parabolic Master Equations and McKean–Vlasov SDEs with Closed-Loop Controls 3: The Closed-Loop McKean–Vlasov Value Function Is a Viscosity Solution of the HJB Master EquationResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean field control asks a central planner to steer a large population of interacting agents. Each agent's state follows a stochastic differential equation whose coefficients depend on the agent's own state and on the empirical distribution of the population; as the population grows, the system is described by a single McKean–Vlasov equation whose coefficients depend on the law of the solution itself. The planner's value is then a function V(t,μ)V(t,\mu)V(t,μ) of time and of a probability measure, and its dynamic programming equation, the HJB master equation, is a partial differential equation on the Wasserstein space of measures.

C. Wu and J. Zhang (Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(2), 2020) develop a viscosity theory for such master equations in a path-dependent setting and apply it to McKean–Vlasov control with closed-loop controls, i.e. controls that depend on the observed state path rather than on the driving Brownian motion. Closed-loop information is the natural one when the noise is not observable, and it is the information structure relevant for games; but the value function is then not known to be smooth, so classical solutions are out of reach. This mission formalizes the paper's §5: the value function of the closed-loop problem with piecewise constant controls is a viscosity solution of the HJB master equation.

Setting

Fix d≥1d\ge1d≥1 and a horizon TTT. The path space is Ω=C([0,T],Rd)\Omega=C([0,T],\mathbb R^d)Ω=C([0,T],Rd) with the uniform norm, the canonical process is Xs(ω)=ωsX_s(\omega)=\omega_sXs​(ω)=ωs​, and F=(Ft)\mathbb F=(\mathcal F_t)F=(Ft​) is its natural filtration. P2\mathcal P_2P2​ is the set of probability measures μ\muμ on Ω\OmegaΩ with Eμ[∥X∥2]<∞\mathbb E^\mu[\|X\|^2]<\inftyEμ[∥X∥2]<∞; μ[0,t]\mu_{[0,t]}μ[0,t]​ is the law of the stopped path Xt∧⋅X_{t\wedge\cdot}Xt∧⋅​. On Θ=[0,T]×P2\Theta=[0,T]\times\mathcal P_2Θ=[0,T]×P2​ the pseudometric is

W2((t,μ),(t′,μ′))=(∣t−t′∣+W22(μ[0,t],μ[0,t′]′))1/2,\mathcal W_2\big((t,\mu),(t',\mu')\big)=\big(|t-t'|+\mathcal W_2^2(\mu_{[0,t]},\mu'_{[0,t']})\big)^{1/2},W2​((t,μ),(t′,μ′))=(∣t−t′∣+W22​(μ[0,t]​,μ[0,t′]′​))1/2,

with W2\mathcal W_2W2​ the 2-Wasserstein distance on laws of paths.

The data are a control set AAA and coefficients b(t,ω,μ,a)∈Rdb(t,\omega,\mu,a)\in\mathbb R^db(t,ω,μ,a)∈Rd, σ(t,ω,μ,a)∈Rd×d\sigma(t,\omega,\mu,a)\in\mathbb R^{d\times d}σ(t,ω,μ,a)∈Rd×d, f(t,ω,μ,a)∈Rf(t,\omega,\mu,a)\in\mathbb Rf(t,ω,μ,a)∈R, g(ω,μ)∈Rg(\omega,\mu)\in\mathbb Rg(ω,μ)∈R satisfying Assumption 5.1: measurability and adaptedness, boundedness of b,σb,\sigmab,σ by C0C_0C0​, Lipschitz continuity of b,σb,\sigmab,σ and uniform continuity of f,gf,gf,g in (ω,μ)(\omega,\mu)(ω,μ), local uniform continuity in ttt, and positive definiteness of σσ⊤\sigma\sigma^\topσσ⊤.

An admissible control α∈At\alpha\in\mathcal A_tα∈At​ (5.3) is piecewise constant: αs=∑i<nhi1[ti,ti+1)(s)\alpha_s=\sum_{i<n}h_i\mathbf 1_{[t_i,t_{i+1})}(s)αs​=∑i<n​hi​1[ti​,ti+1​)​(s) for a partition t=t0<⋯<tn=Tt=t_0<\dots<t_n=Tt=t0​<⋯<tn​=T, with hi:Ω→Ah_i:\Omega\to Ahi​:Ω→A Fti\mathcal F_{t_i}Fti​​-measurable. The controlled law Pt,μ,α∈P2\mathbb P^{t,\mu,\alpha}\in\mathcal P_2Pt,μ,α∈P2​ agrees with μ\muμ on [0,t][0,t][0,t] and solves, for a Brownian motion BαB^\alphaBα,

Xs=Xt+∫tsb(r,Xr∧⋅,P[0,r]t,μ,α,αr)dr+∫tsσ(r,Xr∧⋅,P[0,r]t,μ,α,αr)dBrα,s∈[t,T].X_s=X_t+\int_t^s b\big(r,X_{r\wedge\cdot},\mathbb P^{t,\mu,\alpha}_{[0,r]},\alpha_r\big)dr+\int_t^s\sigma\big(r,X_{r\wedge\cdot},\mathbb P^{t,\mu,\alpha}_{[0,r]},\alpha_r\big)dB^\alpha_r,\quad s\in[t,T].Xs​=Xt​+∫ts​b(r,Xr∧⋅​,P[0,r]t,μ,α​,αr​)dr+∫ts​σ(r,Xr∧⋅​,P[0,r]t,μ,α​,αr​)dBrα​,s∈[t,T].

The value function (3.20) is

V(t,μ)=sup⁡α∈AtEPt,μ,α[g(X,Pt,μ,α)+∫tTf(s,X,Pt,μ,α,αs) ds],V(t,\mu)=\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_t}\mathbb E^{\mathbb P^{t,\mu,\alpha}}\Big[g(X,\mathbb P^{t,\mu,\alpha})+\int_t^Tf(s,X,\mathbb P^{t,\mu,\alpha},\alpha_s)\,ds\Big],V(t,μ)=α∈At​sup​EPt,μ,α[g(X,Pt,μ,α)+∫tT​f(s,X,Pt,μ,α,αs​)ds],

and V0V_0V0​ is the same supremum over the controls At0\mathcal A^0_tAt0​ (5.12) whose pieces depend on the path before ttt only through finitely many values Xs1,…,XsmX_{s_1},\dots,X_{s_m}Xs1​​,…,Xsm​​.

The HJB master equation (3.22) is LV=0\mathbb LV=0LV=0 with LV(t,μ)=∂tV(t,μ)+G(t,μ,∂μV(t,μ,⋅),∂ω∂μV(t,μ,⋅))\mathbb LV(t,\mu)=\partial_tV(t,\mu)+G(t,\mu,\partial_\mu V(t,\mu,\cdot),\partial_\omega\partial_\mu V(t,\mu,\cdot))LV(t,μ)=∂t​V(t,μ)+G(t,μ,∂μ​V(t,μ,⋅),∂ω​∂μ​V(t,μ,⋅)), where

G(t,μ,Z,Γ)=Eμ[sup⁡a∈A(12Γ(X):σσ⊤(t,X,μ,a)+Z(X)⋅b(t,X,μ,a)+f(t,X,μ,a))].G(t,\mu,Z,\Gamma)=\mathbb E^\mu\Big[\sup_{a\in A}\Big(\tfrac12\Gamma(X):\sigma\sigma^\top(t,X,\mu,a)+Z(X)\cdot b(t,X,\mu,a)+f(t,X,\mu,a)\Big)\Big].G(t,μ,Z,Γ)=Eμ[a∈Asup​(21​Γ(X):σσ⊤(t,X,μ,a)+Z(X)⋅b(t,X,μ,a)+f(t,X,μ,a))].

Viscosity solutions (Definition 4.4) are defined by test functions φ\varphiφ that satisfy a functional Itô formula on [t,t+δ]×PL(t,μ)[t,t+\delta]\times\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)[t,t+δ]×PL​(t,μ), where PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ) is the set of laws agreeing with μ\muμ on [0,t][0,t][0,t] under which XXX is a semimartingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T] with drift and diffusion bounded by LLL, and touch VVV from above or below at (t,μ)(t,\mu)(t,μ) on that set.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.8

Under Assumption 5.1, VVV is finite on Θ\ThetaΘ and is a viscosity solution of (3.22).

Milestones

  • (4.1)(4.1)(4.1): sup⁡P∈PL(t,μ)EP[sup⁡t≤s≤t+δ∣Xt,s∣p]≤Cp,Lδp/2\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}[\sup_{t\le s\le t+\delta}|X_{t,s}|^p]\le C_{p,L}\delta^{p/2}supP∈PL​(t,μ)​EP[supt≤s≤t+δ​∣Xt,s​∣p]≤Cp,L​δp/2.
  • Remark 5.4(i): (3.18) has a unique solution, and it lies in PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ) for L≥C0∨12C02L\ge C_0\vee\frac12C_0^2L≥C0​∨21​C02​.
  • Remark 5.4(ii): the dynamic programming principle (3.21),
V(t1,μ)=sup⁡α∈At1[V(t2,Pt1,μ,α)+∫t1t2EPt1,μ,α[f(s,X,Pt1,μ,α,αs)]ds].V(t_1,\mu)=\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_{t_1}}\Big[V(t_2,\mathbb P^{t_1,\mu,\alpha})+\int_{t_1}^{t_2}\mathbb E^{\mathbb P^{t_1,\mu,\alpha}}[f(s,X,\mathbb P^{t_1,\mu,\alpha},\alpha_s)]ds\Big].V(t1​,μ)=α∈At1​​sup​[V(t2​,Pt1​,μ,α)+∫t1​t2​​EPt1​,μ,α[f(s,X,Pt1​,μ,α,αs​)]ds].
  • Lemma 5.11: a coupling construction with an independent Brownian motion.
  • Lemma 5.13: ∣V0(t,μ)−V0(t,ν)∣≤ρ(W2(μ[0,t],ν[0,t]))|V_0(t,\mu)-V_0(t,\nu)|\le\rho(\mathcal W_2(\mu_{[0,t]},\nu_{[0,t]}))∣V0​(t,μ)−V0​(t,ν)∣≤ρ(W2​(μ[0,t]​,ν[0,t]​)) for a modulus ρ\rhoρ.
  • Lemma 5.14: V=V0V=V_0V=V0​.
  • Theorem 5.7: ∣V(t1,μ)−V(t2,ν)∣≤Cρ(W2((t1,μ),(t2,ν)))+C[1+W2(μ[0,t1],δ{0})][t2−t1]|V(t_1,\mu)-V(t_2,\nu)|\le C\rho(\mathcal W_2((t_1,\mu),(t_2,\nu)))+C[1+\mathcal W_2(\mu_{[0,t_1]},\delta_{\{0\}})][t_2-t_1]∣V(t1​,μ)−V(t2​,ν)∣≤Cρ(W2​((t1​,μ),(t2​,ν)))+C[1+W2​(μ[0,t1​]​,δ{0}​)][t2​−t1​], and uniform continuity when fff is bounded.

Significance

The result characterizes the closed-loop value function through a PDE on the space of path laws without assuming any smoothness of VVV. Combined with a comparison principle for (3.22), which the paper leaves open, it would identify the closed-loop and open-loop values (Remark 5.9). The regularity result (Theorem 5.7) is itself delicate: Example 5.6 shows that a natural restricted class of closed-loop controls produces a value function that is discontinuous in μ\muμ, and the piecewise constant class (5.3) is chosen to avoid this.

The theorems are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. A formalization would supply a machine-checked path from a path-dependent McKean–Vlasov control problem to its HJB master equation, together with reusable statements on weak solutions of path-dependent McKean–Vlasov equations, their uniform moment bounds, and the dynamic programming principle in the Wasserstein space.

Difficulty

Definition 4.4 requires V∈C0(Θ)V\in C^0(\Theta)V∈C0(Θ), and the central difficulty is continuity in μ\muμ. Closed-loop controls are functions of the observed path; changing the initial law from μ\muμ to ν\nuν changes the information available to the control, and when ν[0,t]\nu_{[0,t]}ν[0,t]​ is degenerate a control adapted to μ\muμ cannot be written as a function of the ν\nuν-path. The obvious argument, transporting an ε\varepsilonε-optimal control for μ\muμ along an optimal coupling of μ\muμ and ν\nuν, fails for exactly this reason (Example 5.6).

Formalization scope

Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​ and every statement quantifies over t≤Tt\le Tt≤T and μ∈P2\mu\in\mathcal P_2μ∈P2​. Paths are continuous maps [0,T]→Rd[0,T]\to\mathbb R^d[0,T]→Rd with the sup norm and Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra; W2\mathcal W_2W2​ is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance with p=2p=2p=2. Brownian motion and Itô integrals are the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian and EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral.

Committed conventions:

  • The control set AAA is a nonempty Polish space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra (the paper says "some appropriate set AAA"); this provides continuity in aaa, measurability of hih_ihi​ and of ω↦sup⁡aG2\omega\mapsto\sup_aG_2ω↦supa​G2​.
  • "Progressively measurable in all variables" is joint measurability (Giry σ\sigmaσ-algebra on laws) plus adaptedness in ω\omegaω and μ\muμ. The bound ∣σ∣≤C0|\sigma|\le C_0∣σ∣≤C0​ uses the Frobenius norm; the joint Lipschitz bound on (b,σ)(b,\sigma)(b,σ) is two bounds with the same L0L_0L0​. δ{0}\delta_{\{0\}}δ{0}​ is the Dirac mass at the zero path.
  • (3.18) is solved in the weak sense: a law with a semimartingale representation, carrying its own Brownian motion, whose characteristics are the controlled coefficients on [t,T)[t,T)[t,T). PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ) is defined through the same representations.
  • VVV and V0V_0V0​ are suprema in the extended reals over admissible pairs; statements that subtract values or use VVV as a real function assert finiteness explicitly.
  • Test functions carry their derivatives as witnesses; the Itô formula of Definition 4.2 is stated in drift form for every representation; "inf⁡(φ−V)=0\inf(\varphi-V)=0inf(φ−V)=0" is read as φ−V≥0\varphi-V\ge0φ−V≥0 on the test set with equality at (t,μ)(t,\mu)(t,μ), and the test function's data at (t,μ)(t,\mu)(t,μ) are those at (t,P)(t,\mathbb P)(t,P) for P∈PL(t,μ)\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)P∈PL​(t,μ).
  • Statements are for general ddd; §5.3 of the paper argues for d=1d=1d=1 only.

The test classes are not vacuous: constant functions satisfy every clause of the test-function class, and Assumption 5.1 holds for b≡0b\equiv0b≡0, σ≡I\sigma\equiv Iσ≡I, f≡g≡0f\equiv g\equiv0f≡g≡0. A formalization that makes PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ) or the admissible set empty, or that lets VVV be −∞-\infty−∞, does not prove the theorem.

Needed infrastructure: weak existence and uniqueness for path-dependent McKean–Vlasov SDEs with Lipschitz coefficients; Burkholder–Davis–Gundy-type moment bounds; measurable selection on Polish spaces; couplings and gluing on P2\mathcal P_2P2​ of a path space. The moment bound and the McKean–Vlasov well-posedness are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Wu, J. Zhang, Viscosity solutions to parabolic master equations and McKean–Vlasov SDEs with closed-loop controls, Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(2), 936–986, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1214/19-AAP1521
  • R. Carmona, F. Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I, Springer, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58920-6
  • D. Lacker, Limit theory for controlled McKean–Vlasov dynamics, SIAM J. Control Optim. 55(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1095895
  • I. Ekren, N. Touzi, J. Zhang, Viscosity solutions of fully nonlinear parabolic path dependent PDEs: Part I, Ann. Probab. 44(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/14-AOP999
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Partial Differential EquationsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Viscosity Solutions to Parabolic Master Equations and McKean–Vlasov SDEs with Closed-Loop Controls 2: Comparison Principle and Uniqueness for Viscosity Solutions of Parabolic Master EquationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Master equations are partial differential equations whose state variable is a probability measure. They arise as the dynamic programming equations of mean-field control problems, as the limits of large particle systems, and as the pricing equations of options on a whole population. Their coefficients and solutions are functions on a Wasserstein space, which is infinite dimensional, and classical (smooth) solutions are known only under strong regularity assumptions (Cardaliaguet–Delarue–Lasry–Lions 2019). A notion of weak solution for which existence, comparison and uniqueness can all be proved is therefore the basic missing tool.

C. Wu and J. Zhang (Ann. Appl. Probab. 2020) propose such a notion for parabolic master equations on the space of laws of continuous paths, in the spirit of the viscosity theory for path-dependent PDEs of Ekren, Keller, Touzi and Zhang (Ann. Probab. 2014). This mission formalizes its §4: the definition of viscosity solutions and the comparison principle that makes them unique.

Setting

Fix a horizon TTT and a dimension ddd. The canonical space is Ω=C([0,T];Rd)\Omega=C([0,T];\mathbb R^d)Ω=C([0,T];Rd) with the uniform norm ∥ω∥\|\omega\|∥ω∥, the canonical process is Xt(ω)=ωtX_t(\omega)=\omega_tXt​(ω)=ωt​, and Ft=σ(Xs:s≤t)\mathcal F_t=\sigma(X_s:s\le t)Ft​=σ(Xs​:s≤t). P2\mathcal P_2P2​ is the set of probability measures μ\muμ on Ω\OmegaΩ with Eμ∥X∥2<∞\mathbb E^\mu\|X\|^2<\inftyEμ∥X∥2<∞; μ[0,t]\mu_{[0,t]}μ[0,t]​ is the law of the stopped path Xt∧⋅X_{t\wedge\cdot}Xt∧⋅​. The state space is Θ=[0,T]×P2\Theta=[0,T]\times\mathcal P_2Θ=[0,T]×P2​ with the pseudometric

W2((t,μ),(t′,μ′))=(∣t−t′∣+W22(μ[0,t],μ[0,t′]′))1/2,\mathcal W_2\big((t,\mu),(t',\mu')\big)=\big(|t-t'|+\mathcal W_2^2(\mu_{[0,t]},\mu'_{[0,t']})\big)^{1/2},W2​((t,μ),(t′,μ′))=(∣t−t′∣+W22​(μ[0,t]​,μ[0,t′]′​))1/2,

where W2\mathcal W_2W2​ on laws is the 2-Wasserstein distance. A function V:Θ→RV:\Theta\to\mathbb RV:Θ→R has a time derivative ∂tV\partial_tV∂t​V, a path derivative ∂μV(t,μ,ω)∈Rd\partial_\mu V(t,\mu,\omega)\in\mathbb R^d∂μ​V(t,μ,ω)∈Rd and a second derivative ∂ω∂μV(t,μ,ω)∈Rd×d\partial_\omega\partial_\mu V(t,\mu,\omega)\in\mathbb R^{d\times d}∂ω​∂μ​V(t,μ,ω)∈Rd×d, defined through a functional Itô formula along semimartingale laws.

The master equation (3.1) is

LV(t,μ):=∂tV(t,μ)+G(t,μ,V(t,μ),∂μV(t,μ,⋅),∂ω∂μV(t,μ,⋅))=0,\mathbb LV(t,\mu):=\partial_tV(t,\mu)+G\big(t,\mu,V(t,\mu),\partial_\mu V(t,\mu,\cdot),\partial_\omega\partial_\mu V(t,\mu,\cdot)\big)=0,LV(t,μ):=∂t​V(t,μ)+G(t,μ,V(t,μ),∂μ​V(t,μ,⋅),∂ω​∂μ​V(t,μ,⋅))=0,

with a generator GGG that is continuous in (t,μ)(t,\mu)(t,μ), Lipschitz in yyy, and Lipschitz in (Z,Γ)(Z,\Gamma)(Z,Γ) in the averaged sense (3.2) of Assumption 3.1.

For L>0L>0L>0, PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ) is the set of laws P∈P2\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_2P∈P2​ that agree with μ\muμ up to time ttt and under which XXX is a semimartingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T] with drift bounded by LLL and half squared diffusion bounded by LLL. Test functions at (t,μ)(t,\mu)(t,μ) are C1,1,1C^{1,1,1}C1,1,1 functions on [t,t+δ]×PL(t,μ)[t,t+\delta]\times\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)[t,t+δ]×PL​(t,μ) touching VVV from above or below there, (4.2). V∈C0(Θ)V\in C^0(\Theta)V∈C0(Θ) is an LLL-viscosity subsolution (supersolution) if Lφ(t,μ)≥0\mathbb L\varphi(t,\mu)\ge0Lφ(t,μ)≥0 (≤0\le0≤0) for every such test function, and a viscosity solution if it is both for one L>0L>0L>0 (Definition 4.4). The Perron envelopes V‾\overline VV, V‾\underline VV​ of (4.17) are the infimum of piecewise classical supersolutions above ggg and the supremum of piecewise classical subsolutions below ggg.

Formalization targets

Goal: comparison and uniqueness (Theorem 4.13)

Under Assumption 3.1 and g∈C0(P2)g\in C^0(\mathcal P_2)g∈C0(P2​), if V1V_1V1​ is a viscosity subsolution, V2V_2V2​ a viscosity supersolution, V1(T,⋅)≤g≤V2(T,⋅)V_1(T,\cdot)\le g\le V_2(T,\cdot)V1​(T,⋅)≤g≤V2​(T,⋅), the classes U‾g,U‾g\underline{\mathcal U}_g,\overline{\mathcal U}_gU​g​,Ug​ are nonempty, and

V‾=V‾=:V,(4.19)\overline V=\underline V=:V,\qquad(4.19)V=V​=:V,(4.19)

then V1≤V≤V2V_1\le V\le V_2V1​≤V≤V2​ on Θ\ThetaΘ, and VVV is the unique viscosity solution with terminal condition ggg.

Milestones

  1. the moment estimate (4.1) over PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ);
  2. Lemma 4.1: [t,T]×PL(t,μ)[t,T]\times\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)[t,T]×PL​(t,μ) is compact under W2\mathcal W_2W2​;
  3. Theorem 4.7: viscosity solutions are characterized by semi-jets of paraboloids;
  4. Theorem 4.9: the change of variable V~=eλtV\tilde V=e^{\lambda t}VV~=eλtV;
  5. Theorem 4.6: consistency with classical solutions;
  6. Theorem 4.11: partial comparison when one side is smooth;
  7. Proposition 4.12: a continuous lower envelope V‾\underline VV​ is a viscosity subsolution.

Significance

The comparison principle is what turns a definition into a theory: it gives uniqueness, it identifies value functions of mean-field control problems with the solution of their master equation, and it is the input of stability and convergence arguments for numerical schemes. Theorem 4.13 reduces well-posedness to condition (4.19), and the authors verify (4.19) in examples (§4.6) via Theorem 4.14. The compactness of PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ) (Lemma 4.1) is the device that replaces local compactness, which the Wasserstein space lacks; it is reusable for any viscosity theory over semimartingale laws.

These results are proved on paper. No machine-checked development of viscosity solutions on Wasserstein spaces, or of the path-dependent functional Itô calculus on laws, is known to exist. A formalization would produce a checked notion of viscosity solution for master equations, the compactness of bounded-characteristic semimartingale laws, and the comparison machinery, and would expose the points where the printed proofs are sketched (see below).

Difficulty

The obvious route, copying the finite-dimensional theory, fails at two places. First, the doubling-of-variables argument for comparison needs a penalization on the state space that is smooth and coercive; on P2\mathcal P_2P2​ under W2\mathcal W_2W2​ neither is available, which is why comparison is reached through partial comparison and Perron envelopes. Second, maxima of φ−V\varphi-Vφ−V need not be attained on Wasserstein balls, which are not compact; the theory therefore tests only on [t,T]×PL(t,μ)[t,T]\times\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)[t,T]×PL​(t,μ), and Lemma 4.1 (via Zheng's tightness criterion for semimartingale laws and uniform integrability of ∥X∥2\|X\|^2∥X∥2) is what makes the extrema exist. The printed proof of Theorem 4.13 opens with "V‾\overline VV is lower semicontinuous and V‾\underline VV​ is upper semicontinuous"; as printed the directions are swapped (an infimum of functions continuous in μ\muμ is upper semicontinuous in μ\muμ), and the members of U\mathcal UU are only càdlàg in ttt, so the continuity of VVV needed for the conclusion requires an argument of its own.

Formalization scope

Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, and every condition is imposed only at t≤Tt\le Tt≤T, μ∈P2\mu\in\mathcal P_2μ∈P2​. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is the Euclidean space, matrices are d×dd\times dd×d real matrices with the Frobenius norm, and A:B=∑ijAijBijA:B=\sum_{ij}A_{ij}B_{ij}A:B=∑ij​Aij​Bij​. W2\mathcal W_2W2​ is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance on laws of paths; Brownian motion and the Itô integral are the published EthierKurtz definitions. Membership in PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ) is the existence of a representation of P\mathbb PP as the law of an Itô process from time ttt with ∣b∣≤L|b|\le L∣b∣≤L, 12∣σ∣2≤L\tfrac12|\sigma|^2\le L21​∣σ∣2≤L (§2.4). A C1,1,1C^{1,1,1}C1,1,1 object is a record of a function and three derivative functions, and the functional Itô formula (2.25) is required in drift form for every representation, which equals (2.25) because the stochastic integral has mean zero. Test sets encode "inf⁡(φ−V)=0\inf(\varphi-V)=0inf(φ−V)=0" literally, and the data of a test function at (t,μ)(t,\mu)(t,μ) are its values at (t,P)(t,\mathbb P)(t,P), P∈PL(t,μ)\mathbb P\in\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)P∈PL​(t,μ). The Perron envelopes are extended-real infima and suprema over the classes (4.18); (4.19) is stated with a real-valued VVV.

Two readings are fixed. Assumption 3.1(i) is continuity of (t,μ)↦G(t,μ,y,Z(Xt∧⋅),Γ(Xt∧⋅))(t,\mu)\mapsto G(t,\mu,y,Z(X_{t\wedge\cdot}),\Gamma(X_{t\wedge\cdot}))(t,μ)↦G(t,μ,y,Z(Xt∧⋅​),Γ(Xt∧⋅​)) for fixed continuous Z,ΓZ,\GammaZ,Γ of linear growth. "V∈Cb1,1,1(Θ)V\in C_b^{1,1,1}(\Theta)V∈Cb1,1,1​(Θ)" in Theorems 4.6 and 4.11 is replaced by the larger class it is used through (Remark 4.3(i)): data continuous on Θ\ThetaΘ lying in Cb1,1,1([t1,t2]×PL(t1,μ))C_b^{1,1,1}([t_1,t_2]\times\mathcal P_L(t_1,\mu))Cb1,1,1​([t1​,t2​]×PL​(t1​,μ)) for all t1<t2t_1<t_2t1​<t2​, LLL, μ\muμ, so those statements are at least as strong as printed.

The definitions cannot be satisfied vacuously: every test set requires a witness law in PL(t,μ)\mathcal P_L(t,\mu)PL​(t,μ), the class Cb1,1,1C_b^{1,1,1}Cb1,1,1​ contains the constants (checked in Lean), and a viscosity solution uses one LLL for both halves. The semi-jets range only over Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable continuous arguments of linear growth, as printed.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the moment bound (4.1) and Lemma 4.1 need tightness and uniform-integrability results for semimartingale laws on path space that Mathlib does not have; Theorems 4.7 and 4.9 are self-contained manipulations of the definitions; Theorems 4.6 and 4.11 and Proposition 4.12 need the compactness lemma and the Itô identity of test functions.

Selected references

  • C. Wu, J. Zhang, Viscosity solutions to parabolic master equations and McKean–Vlasov SDEs with closed-loop controls, Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(2) (2020) 936–986. https://doi.org/10.1214/19-AAP1521
  • I. Ekren, C. Keller, N. Touzi, J. Zhang, On viscosity solutions of path dependent PDEs, Ann. Probab. 42(1) (2014) 204–236. https://doi.org/10.1214/12-AOP788
  • P. Cardaliaguet, F. Delarue, J.-M. Lasry, P.-L. Lions, The Master Equation and the Convergence Problem in Mean Field Games, Annals of Mathematics Studies 201, Princeton University Press, 2019. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvckq7qf
  • R. Carmona, F. Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I, Springer, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58920-6
  • W. A. Zheng, Tightness results for laws of diffusion processes application to stochastic mechanics, Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré Probab. Statist. 21(2) (1985) 103–124. http://www.numdam.org/item/AIHPB_1985__21_2_103_0/
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsGraph TheoryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Sub/Super-Stochastic Matrix with Applications to Bipartite Tracking Control over Signed Networks 3: ψ < 1/(τd_M), Structural Balance and Leader Reachability Give Asynchronous Bipartite TrackingResearch Paper

Motivation

Networks of agents that interact both cooperatively and competitively are modelled by signed graphs: a positive edge weight means that one agent moves towards another, a negative weight means that it moves towards the other's opposite. Since Altafini's work on consensus over antagonistic networks (IEEE TAC 2013), the standard target on such networks has been bipartite consensus or bipartite tracking: the agents split into two camps that converge to values of equal size and opposite sign. With a leader, the camp containing the leader tracks the leader's state and the other camp tracks its negative.

Most analyses assume that all agents update at the same instants. In practice agents sample and communicate on their own clocks. Shi, Zheng, Shao and Cheng (arXiv:2004.01867v2, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2021) handle this asynchronous setting with a matrix tool: products of sub-stochastic matrices (nonnegative, row sums at most one) whose row-sum deficits propagate along the communication graph. This mission formalizes their first application, bipartite tracking of first-order agents with a static leader (§3).

Setting

There is one leader v0v_0v0​ and nnn followers v1,…,vnv_1,\dots,v_nv1​,…,vn​. Follower weights form a matrix A=[aij]∈Rn×n\mathcal A=[a_{ij}]\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}A=[aij​]∈Rn×n: the edge (vj,vi)(v_j,v_i)(vj​,vi​) exists iff aij≠0a_{ij}\neq 0aij​=0, cooperative if aij>0a_{ij}>0aij​>0, competitive if aij<0a_{ij}<0aij​<0. The number ai0a_{i0}ai0​ is the weight of the leader edge (v0,vi)(v_0,v_i)(v0​,vi​), which exists iff ai0≠0a_{i0}\ne 0ai0​=0. The digraph G~\tilde{\mathcal G}G~​ consists of the followers' digraph, the leader and the leader edges.

  • C1 (structural balance). The agents split as V1∪V2\mathcal V_1\cup\mathcal V_2V1​∪V2​ with v0∈V1v_0\in\mathcal V_1v0​∈V1​, every weight inside a set is ≥0\ge 0≥0 and every weight between the sets is ≤0\le 0≤0.
  • C2 (leader reachability). Every follower is reached from v0v_0v0​ by a directed path in G~\tilde{\mathcal G}G~​.

Time is discrete with step size τ>0\tau>0τ>0. Follower viv_ivi​ communicates only at its own instants s0iτ<s1iτ<⋯s^i_0\tau<s^i_1\tau<\cdotss0i​τ<s1i​τ<⋯ with s0i=0s^i_0=0s0i​=0 and

sk+1i−ski≤h(2.10)s^i_{k+1}-s^i_k\le h\qquad(2.10)sk+1i​−ski​≤h(2.10)

for a constant h∈Z+h\in\mathbb Z_+h∈Z+​. Positions xi(k)∈Rpx_i(k)\in\mathbb R^pxi​(k)∈Rp evolve by x0(k+1)=x0(k)x_0(k+1)=x_0(k)x0​(k+1)=x0​(k) and xi(k+1)=xi(k)+τui(k)x_i(k+1)=x_i(k)+\tau u_i(k)xi​(k+1)=xi​(k)+τui​(k), with the asynchronous protocol

ui(k)=ψ∑vj∈Ni∣aij∣[sgn⁡(aij)xj(k)−xi(k)]+ψ∣ai0∣[sgn⁡(ai0)x0(k)−xi(k)]u_i(k)=\psi\sum_{v_j\in\mathcal N_i}|a_{ij}|\big[\operatorname{sgn}(a_{ij})x_j(k)-x_i(k)\big]+\psi|a_{i0}|\big[\operatorname{sgn}(a_{i0})x_0(k)-x_i(k)\big]ui​(k)=ψvj​∈Ni​∑​∣aij​∣[sgn(aij​)xj​(k)−xi​(k)]+ψ∣ai0​∣[sgn(ai0​)x0​(k)−xi​(k)]

at the instants of viv_ivi​, and ui(k)=0u_i(k)=0ui​(k)=0 otherwise. Here ψ>0\psi>0ψ>0 is a gain. Bipartite tracking (Definition 3.1) means ∥xi(k)−x0(k)∥→0\|x_i(k)-x_0(k)\|\to 0∥xi​(k)−x0​(k)∥→0 for vi∈V1v_i\in\mathcal V_1vi​∈V1​ and ∥xi(k)+x0(k)∥→0\|x_i(k)+x_0(k)\|\to 0∥xi​(k)+x0​(k)∥→0 for vi∈V2v_i\in\mathcal V_2vi​∈V2​. With dM=max⁡i(∑vj∈Ni∣aij∣+∣ai0∣)d_M=\max_i\big(\sum_{v_j\in\mathcal N_i}|a_{ij}|+|a_{i0}|\big)dM​=maxi​(∑vj​∈Ni​​∣aij​∣+∣ai0​∣), the gain condition is

ψ<1τdM.(3.7)\psi<\frac{1}{\tau d_M}.\qquad(3.7)ψ<τdM​1​.(3.7)

In the error coordinates ei=xi−x0e_i=x_i-x_0ei​=xi​−x0​ on V1\mathcal V_1V1​ and ei=−xi−x0e_i=-x_i-x_0ei​=−xi​−x0​ on V2\mathcal V_2V2​, the closed loop is e(k+1)=(M(k)⊗Ip)e(k)e(k+1)=(M(k)\otimes I_p)e(k)e(k+1)=(M(k)⊗Ip​)e(k) with M(k)=In−τψD(k)−τψB(k)+τψ∣A(k)∣M(k)=I_n-\tau\psi\mathcal D(k)-\tau\psi\mathcal B(k)+\tau\psi|\mathcal A(k)|M(k)=In​−τψD(k)−τψB(k)+τψ∣A(k)∣, where only the rows of followers active at time kτk\taukτ differ from the identity.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3, sufficiency

ψ<1τdM,  C1,  C2 ⟹ lim⁡k→∞∥xi(k)−x0(k)∥=0 (vi∈V1),lim⁡k→∞∥xi(k)+x0(k)∥=0 (vi∈V2),\psi<\frac1{\tau d_M},\ \ \mathrm{C1},\ \ \mathrm{C2}\ \Longrightarrow\ \lim_{k\to\infty}\|x_i(k)-x_0(k)\|=0\ (v_i\in\mathcal V_1),\quad \lim_{k\to\infty}\|x_i(k)+x_0(k)\|=0\ (v_i\in\mathcal V_2),ψ<τdM​1​,  C1,  C2 ⟹ k→∞lim​∥xi​(k)−x0​(k)∥=0 (vi​∈V1​),k→∞lim​∥xi​(k)+x0​(k)∥=0 (vi​∈V2​),

for every choice of instants satisfying (2.10) and every initial state.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.4 1): a product Fq⋯F1F_q\cdots F_1Fq​⋯F1​ of sub-stochastic matrices is sub-stochastic.
  2. Theorem 2.4 2): with positive diagonals, if every row i2i_2i2​ is fed through [Fs2]i2i1>0[F_{s_2}]_{i_2i_1}>0[Fs2​​]i2​i1​​>0 by a row i1i_1i1​ with Λi1[Fs1]<1\Lambda_{i_1}[F_{s_1}]<1Λi1​​[Fs1​​]<1, s1<s2s_1<s_2s1​<s2​, then ∥∏s=1qFs∥∞<1\|\prod_{s=1}^qF_s\|_\infty<1∥∏s=1q​Fs​∥∞​<1 and ρ(∏s=1qFs)<1\rho(\prod_{s=1}^qF_s)<1ρ(∏s=1q​Fs​)<1.
  3. The matrices M(k)M(k)M(k) (p. 15): under (3.7) they are sub-stochastic with positive diagonals, and Λi[M(k)]<1\Lambda_i[M(k)]<1Λi​[M(k)]<1 exactly when viv_ivi​ hears the leader at kτk\taukτ.
  4. Error system (3.6): under C1, ei(k+1)=∑j[M(k)]ijej(k)e_i(k+1)=\sum_j[M(k)]_{ij}e_j(k)ei​(k+1)=∑j​[M(k)]ij​ej​(k).
  5. Lemma 3.2: under (3.7), C1 and C2, ∥∏s=kk+Ph−1M(s)∥∞<1\big\|\prod_{s=k}^{k+Ph-1}M(s)\big\|_\infty<1​∏s=kk+Ph−1​M(s)​∞​<1 for every kkk, where P=max⁡id(v0,vi)P=\max_i d(v_0,v_i)P=maxi​d(v0​,vi​) is the largest directed distance from the leader.

Significance

The theorem says that asynchrony costs nothing qualitatively: as long as every follower communicates at least once every hhh steps and the gain respects (3.7), the network reaches bipartite tracking under the same topological conditions C1 and C2 as in the synchronous case. No common clock, dwell-time condition or joint connectivity of the switching graphs is required. The same product argument is reused in the rest of the paper for second-order and general linear agents, delays and switching topologies, so the milestones here are the base case of that series.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been formalized. Formalizing it produces a checked theory of products of sub-stochastic matrices with row-sum deficits (Theorem 2.4), which applies to positive switched systems in general, and a reusable encoding of signed digraphs with a leader, structural balance and asynchronous protocols.

Difficulty

Each single matrix M(k)M(k)M(k) is only marginally stable: its rows of followers that do not hear the leader at time kτk\taukτ sum to exactly one, so no single step contracts, and the spectral radius of an individual M(k)M(k)M(k) may equal one. Contraction appears only in products, and only once a deficit created at a leader edge has had time to travel along the paths of C2, one edge per window of hhh steps; this requires that deficits never disappear again, which is where positive diagonals (from (3.7)) enter. The passage from "every window product has ∥⋅∥∞<1\|\cdot\|_\infty<1∥⋅∥∞​<1" to convergence also needs a uniform bound below one over all windows; the paper's (3.14) uses it without comment. The bound holds because M(k)M(k)M(k) depends on kkk only through the set of active followers, so the window products range over a finite set.

Formalization scope

Followers are Fin n (0-based) and the leader is not an index; aija_{ij}aij​ is a i j and ai0a_{i0}ai0​ is b i. Positions lie in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); the paper's norm is unspecified and all norms on Rp\mathbb R^pRp give the same limits. Eigenvalues are complex: ρ(F)<1\rho(F)<1ρ(F)<1 means every element of spectrum ℂ of the complexified matrix has modulus <1<1<1. ∥F∥∞\|F\|_\infty∥F∥∞​ is the largest absolute row sum. Products multiply later factors on the left. sgn⁡\operatorname{sgn}sgn is Real.sign. The maxima dMd_MdM​ and PPP are given as values with IsGreatest hypotheses over exactly the printed sets, and (3.7) is kept as printed. C1 is stated for the partition V1={v0}∪V1\mathcal V_1=\{v_0\}\cup V_1V1​={v0​}∪V1​, V2=\mathcal V_2=V2​= the remaining followers; fixing the leader in V1\mathcal V_1V1​ is the paper's "with no loss of generality" convention. Definition 3.1 is stated for that same partition.

Only the "if" half of Theorem 3.3 is a target. Definition 3.1 presupposes the partition of C1, so necessity of C1 has no formal meaning, and the printed necessity argument is an informal case discussion. Theorem 2.4 2) is stated with one (i1,s1,s2)(i_1,s_1,s_2)(i1​,s1​,s2​) per row i2i_2i2​, as its proof and the example on p. 8 use it; this is implied by the literal reading.

Three formalizations would trivialize the goal and are ruled out: a protocol in which every follower updates at every step (the synchronous special case, which drops the asynchronous instants); dropping the sign conditions of C1, or leaving the leader's side free, under which the followers of V2\mathcal V_2V2​ need not approach −x0-x_0−x0​; and a goal stated about the error system (3.6) instead of the agents' positions xix_ixi​.

The development needs finite matrix products, the ∞-norm bound on eigenvalues (Gershgorin), and elementary walk reachability in digraphs. All of these exist in Mathlib in some form. Contributions are welcome on every milestone. The product theorem 2.4 does not depend on the network model and is reusable for positive switched systems.

Selected references

  • L. Shi, W. X. Zheng, J. Shao, Y. Cheng, Sub/super-stochastic matrix with applications to bipartite tracking control over signed networks, arXiv:2004.01867v2, 2020; SIAM J. Control Optim. 59 (2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.01867, https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1239982
  • C. Altafini, Consensus problems on networks with antagonistic interactions, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 58(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2012.2224251
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationGraph TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization Over Time-Varying Graphs 2: Push-DIGing Converges R-Linearly over Time-Varying Directed Graphs for Every Step Size Below 1.5(1−δ)²/(μ̄J₂)Research Paper

Distributed optimization over directed, changing networks

In distributed optimization, nnn agents cooperatively minimize the average f(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x)f(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x)f(x)=n1​∑i=1n​fi​(x) of private cost functions fi:Rp→Rf_i:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rp→R, exchanging information only with their current neighbours in a communication network. The model covers sensor networks, multi-robot coordination and machine learning with data split across machines, where no node can see the whole objective. In many of these systems communication is one-directional (broadcast radios with unequal ranges, asymmetric links) and the network changes over time.

Directed links raise a specific obstacle: a node cannot in general choose weights that are both row and column stochastic, because it knows its out-degree but not how its messages are combined by others. The push-sum (ratio consensus) protocol of Kempe, Dobra and Gehrke (2003) circumvents this with column stochastic weights and a scalar correction. Nedić and Olshevsky (2015) combined it with diminishing-step subgradient methods over time-varying directed graphs, obtaining sublinear rates. Gradient tracking methods (Xu, Zhu, Soh and Xie, 2015; Qu and Li, 2016) and EXTRA (Shi, Ling, Wu and Yin, 2015) reached linear rates with constant steps on undirected or static graphs. Nedić, Olshevsky and Shi (arXiv 2016, SIAM J. Optim. 2017) proved geometric convergence of gradient tracking over graphs that are both time-varying and directed; this mission formalizes that result.

Setting

The agents are {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}. At each time kkk there is a set A(k)\mathcal A(k)A(k) of arcs; an arc j→ij\to ij→i means agent jjj can send to agent iii. The out-degree djout(k)d^{\rm out}_j(k)djout​(k) counts the agents i≠ji\ne ji=j with j→ij\to ij→i in A(k)\mathcal A(k)A(k).

Assumption 6. There is B~⊖>0\tilde B_\ominus>0B~⊖​>0 such that for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0 the union of the arc sets over the window tB~⊖,…,(t+1)B~⊖−1t\tilde B_\ominus,\dots,(t+1)\tilde B_\ominus-1tB~⊖​,…,(t+1)B~⊖​−1 is strongly connected. Put B⊖=2B~⊖−1B_\ominus=2\tilde B_\ominus-1B⊖​=2B~⊖​−1.

Assumption 7. The mixing matrix C(k)C(k)C(k) has Cij(k)=1/(djout(k)+1)C_{ij}(k)=1/(d^{\rm out}_j(k)+1)Cij​(k)=1/(djout​(k)+1) if i=ji=ji=j or j→i∈A(k)j\to i\in\mathcal A(k)j→i∈A(k), and 000 otherwise; each C(k)C(k)C(k) is column stochastic.

Each fif_ifi​ is differentiable with LiL_iLi​-Lipschitz gradient (Assumption 4) and μi\mu_iμi​-strongly convex with μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, some μi>0\mu_i>0μi​>0 (Assumption 5). Write L=max⁡iLiL=\max_iL_iL=maxi​Li​, μˉ=1n∑iμi\bar\mu=\frac1n\sum_i\mu_iμˉ​=n1​∑i​μi​, κˉ=L/μˉ\bar\kappa=L/\bar\muκˉ=L/μˉ​, and x∗x^*x∗ for the minimizer of fff.

Iterates are n×pn\times pn×p matrices whose row iii belongs to agent iii; ∇f(x)\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x)∇f(x) has rows ∇fi(xi)\nabla f_i(x_i)∇fi​(xi​), and ∥⋅∥F\|\cdot\|_F∥⋅∥F​ is the Frobenius norm. Push-DIGing starts from x(0)=u(0)\mathbf x(0)=\mathbf u(0)x(0)=u(0), y(0)=∇f(x(0))\mathbf y(0)=\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(0))y(0)=∇f(x(0)), v(0)=1\mathbf v(0)=\mathbf 1v(0)=1 and iterates, with step size α>0\alpha>0α>0 and V(k)=diag⁡{v(k)}V(k)=\operatorname{diag}\{\mathbf v(k)\}V(k)=diag{v(k)},

u(k+1)=C(k)(u(k)−αy(k)),v(k+1)=C(k)v(k),x(k+1)=V(k+1)−1u(k+1),\mathbf u(k+1)=C(k)(\mathbf u(k)-\alpha\mathbf y(k)),\quad \mathbf v(k+1)=C(k)\mathbf v(k),\quad \mathbf x(k+1)=V(k+1)^{-1}\mathbf u(k+1),u(k+1)=C(k)(u(k)−αy(k)),v(k+1)=C(k)v(k),x(k+1)=V(k+1)−1u(k+1), y(k+1)=C(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).\mathbf y(k+1)=C(k)\mathbf y(k)+\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k+1))-\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k)).y(k+1)=C(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).

The constants of the rate are τ~=n−(2+nB⊖)\tilde\tau=n^{-(2+nB_\ominus)}τ~=n−(2+nB⊖​), Q1=2n(1+τ~−nB⊖)/(1−τ~nB⊖)Q_1=2n(1+\tilde\tau^{-nB_\ominus})/(1-\tilde\tau^{nB_\ominus})Q1​=2n(1+τ~−nB⊖​)/(1−τ~nB⊖​), ∥V−1∥max⁡1=sup⁡k,i1/vi(k)\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}=\sup_{k,i}1/v_i(k)∥V−1∥max1​=supk,i​1/vi​(k) and, for an integer BBB,

δ=Q1(1−τ~nB⊖)B−1nB⊖,J2=3Q1∥V−1∥max⁡1κˉB(δ+Q1(B−1))(1+n)(1+4nκˉ).\delta=Q_1\big(1-\tilde\tau^{nB_\ominus}\big)^{\frac{B-1}{nB_\ominus}},\qquad J_2=3Q_1\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}\bar\kappa B\big(\delta+Q_1(B-1)\big)(1+\sqrt n)\big(1+4\sqrt n\sqrt{\bar\kappa}\big).δ=Q1​(1−τ~nB⊖​)nB⊖​B−1​,J2​=3Q1​∥V−1∥max1​κˉB(δ+Q1​(B−1))(1+n​)(1+4n​κˉ​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 18

For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, B≥B⊖B\ge B_\ominusB≥B⊖​ with δ<1\delta<1δ<1, and every step size

0<α<1.5(1−δ)2μˉJ2,0<\alpha<\frac{1.5(1-\delta)^2}{\bar\mu J_2},0<α<μˉ​J2​1.5(1−δ)2​,

there is C>0C>0C>0 with ∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F≤Cλk\|\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\top\|_F\le C\lambda^k∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F​≤Cλk for all kkk, where 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 is

λ=1−αμˉ/1.52B  if  α≤1.5(J22+(1−δ2)J2−δJ2)2μˉJ2(J2+1)2,λ=αμˉJ2/1.5+δB  otherwise.\lambda=\sqrt[2B]{1-\alpha\bar\mu/1.5}\ \text{ if }\ \alpha\le\frac{1.5\big(\sqrt{J_2^2+(1-\delta^2)J_2}-\delta J_2\big)^2}{\bar\mu J_2(J_2+1)^2},\qquad \lambda=\sqrt[B]{\sqrt{\alpha\bar\mu J_2/1.5}+\delta}\ \text{ otherwise}.λ=2B1−αμˉ​/1.5​  if  α≤μˉ​J2​(J2​+1)21.5(J22​+(1−δ2)J2​​−δJ2​)2​,λ=Bαμˉ​J2​/1.5​+δ​  otherwise.

Milestones

The paper's proof runs a small gain argument around the cycle q→z→hˇ→xˇ→q\mathbf q\to\mathbf z\to\check{\mathbf h}\to\check{\mathbf x}\to\mathbf qq→z→hˇ→xˇ→q, where q(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤\mathbf q(k)=\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\topq(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤, z\mathbf zz are gradient increments, h(k)=V(k)−1y(k)\mathbf h(k)=V(k)^{-1}\mathbf y(k)h(k)=V(k)−1y(k) and  ˇ\check{\ } ˇ is the deviation from the row average. The milestones are the paper's own statements: the equivalent recursion (48) in terms of the row stochastic R~(k)=V(k+1)−1C(k)V(k)\tilde R(k)=V(k+1)^{-1}C(k)V(k)R~(k)=V(k+1)−1C(k)V(k); the bound (49) ∥V−1∥max⁡1≤nnB⊖\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}\le n^{nB_\ominus}∥V−1∥max1​≤nnB⊖​ and row stochasticity of R~(k)\tilde R(k)R~(k); Lemma 13 (BBB-step contraction by δ\deltaδ); Lemmas 14–17 (the four arrows); Lemma 8 (an error bound for inexact gradient descent); Theorem 3 (the small gain theorem) and Lemma 4.

Significance

The theorem gives a geometric rate, with explicit constants, for a first-order method that uses only out-degree information, constant step sizes, one gradient per agent per round, and networks that are directed and need only be strongly connected jointly over windows. Before it, linear rates for distributed gradient methods required undirected or static graphs. The explicit λ\lambdaλ quantifies how the rate degrades with nnn, B⊖B_\ominusB⊖​ and the condition number κˉ\bar\kappaκˉ. The result is proved in the paper; to the extent known, no machine-checked proof exists. A formalization yields a checked statement of the rate together with reusable components: the ergodic-norm small gain theorem, the push-sum weight bound, and the inexact gradient lemma, which also serve the companion DIGing mission on undirected graphs.

Difficulty

The natural Lyapunov approach fails: with asymmetric, time-varying weights there is in general no quadratic function that decreases at every step, and the consensus error contracts only over windows of BBB iterations. The analysis therefore works with ergodic norms max⁡k≤Kλ−k∥s(k)∥F\max_{k\le K}\lambda^{-k}\|\mathbf s(k)\|_Fmaxk≤K​λ−k∥s(k)∥F​ and chains four inequalities. Two further inputs come from outside the paper: the lower bound vi(k)≥n−nB⊖v_i(k)\ge n^{-nB_\ominus}vi​(k)≥n−nB⊖​ (Corollary 2(b) of Nedić–Olshevsky 2015) and the contraction of products of row stochastic matrices with entries bounded below on arcs (Lemma 5 of Nedić–Ozdaglar 2010), both of which a complete development has to prove.

Formalization scope

Stacked iterates are functions Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); agents are indexed from 0 and time from 0. An arc j→ij\to ij→i is a pair (j, i) in a finite set A k. The weights v(k)\mathbf v(k)v(k) are defined from CCC alone, so ∥V−1∥max⁡1\|V^{-1}\|^1_{\max}∥V−1∥max1​ is a constant of the graph sequence; it enters statements as a number with the hypothesis that it is the least upper bound of {1/vi(k)}\{1/v_i(k)\}{1/vi​(k)}, never as a real supremum. Real powers are Real.rpow. The ergodic norm is the truncated maximum; the untruncated supremum is replaced by its pointwise meaning.

Four hypotheses are added to the page, each disclosed in the statements:

  1. Assumption 7 includes the self-weight Cjj(k)=1/(djout(k)+1)C_{jj}(k)=1/(d^{\rm out}_j(k)+1)Cjj​(k)=1/(djout​(k)+1). The printed rule assigns weights on arcs only, which makes column sums d/(d+1)d/(d+1)d/(d+1); the paper's agent updates (p. 21) and analysis use the push-sum convention.
  2. The step-size interval is open on the right: at α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ2)\alpha=1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_2)α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J2​) the printed formula gives λ=1\lambda=1λ=1.
  3. B≥B⊖B\ge B_\ominusB≥B⊖​, required by Lemma 13, makes "large enough" precise.
  4. n≥2n\ge2n≥2: at n=1n=1n=1 the constant Q1Q_1Q1​ has a zero denominator.

The goal states only the hypotheses of Theorem 18 and the rate; it does not assume any of the arrows, gains, auxiliary parameters β,η\beta,\etaβ,η or ergodic-norm bounds, so it cannot be discharged by assembling hypotheses.

A complete development needs matrix-product contraction bounds for push-sum, Frobenius-norm calculus on stacked matrices, and strong convexity estimates for inexact gradient steps. The small gain theorem, Lemma 8 and the push-sum lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving geometric convergence for distributed optimization over time-varying graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27 (2017) 2597–2633; arXiv:1607.03218v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1607.03218 — https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1084316
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, Distributed optimization over time-varying directed graphs, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 60 (2015) 601–615. https://arxiv.org/abs/1303.2289
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, Stochastic gradient-push for strongly convex functions on time-varying directed graphs, arXiv:1406.2075, 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1406.2075
  • D. Kempe, A. Dobra, J. Gehrke, Gossip-based computation of aggregate information, Proc. 44th IEEE FOCS, 2003, 482–491. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2003.1238221
  • W. Shi, Q. Ling, G. Wu, W. Yin, EXTRA: an exact first-order algorithm for decentralized consensus optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25 (2015) 944–966. https://arxiv.org/abs/1404.6264
  • G. Qu, N. Li, Harnessing smoothness to accelerate distributed optimization, arXiv:1605.07112, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.07112
  • J. Xu, S. Zhu, Y. C. Soh, L. Xie, Augmented distributed gradient methods for multi-agent optimization under uncoordinated constant stepsizes, Proc. 54th IEEE CDC, 2015, 2055–2060.
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationGraph TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Achieving Geometric Convergence for Distributed Optimization Over Time-Varying Graphs 1: DIGing Converges R-Linearly over Time-Varying Undirected Graphs for Every Step Size Below 1.5(1−δ)²/(μ̄J₁)Research Paper

Motivation

In distributed optimization, nnn agents each hold a private function fi:Rp→Rf_i:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rp→R and must jointly solve

min⁡x∈Rp f(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x)\min_{x\in\mathbb R^p}\ f(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x)x∈Rpmin​ f(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x)

by exchanging vectors only with their current neighbours in a communication network. The setting covers distributed estimation and learning in sensor networks, formation control and power-system control, where no agent can see all the data and no central coordinator is available. Often the network changes over time: links appear and fail, and agents move.

The classical method, distributed gradient descent (DGD), mixes neighbours' iterates and takes a local gradient step. With a fixed step size it does not converge to the optimum, because at a consensual optimum the local gradients ∇fi(x∗)\nabla f_i(x^*)∇fi​(x∗) need not vanish; exact convergence requires diminishing steps and is then sublinear. Nedić, Olshevsky and Shi (arXiv:1607.03218, SIAM J. Optim. 2017) introduced DIGing, which adds a second variable that tracks the network-wide average gradient, and proved that it converges R-linearly (geometrically) to the exact optimum with a fixed step size, over time-varying undirected graphs, with an explicit rate.

Setting

An n×pn\times pn×p matrix x\mathbf xx is stored by its rows; row iii is agent iii's copy xi∈Rpx_i\in\mathbb R^pxi​∈Rp, and ∥x∥F\|\mathbf x\|_F∥x∥F​ is the Frobenius norm. Write xˉ=1n∑ixi\bar x=\frac1n\sum_ix_ixˉ=n1​∑i​xi​ and xˇ=x−1xˉ⊤\check{\mathbf x}=\mathbf x-\mathbf 1\bar x^\topxˇ=x−1xˉ⊤ (the consensus violation). The stacked gradient ∇f(x)\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x)∇f(x) has rows ∇fi(xi)\nabla f_i(x_i)∇fi​(xi​).

Objectives. Each fif_ifi​ is differentiable with LiL_iLi​-Lipschitz gradient, Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 (Assumption 4), and satisfies fi(x)≥fi(y)+⟨∇fi(y),x−y⟩+μi2∥x−y∥2f_i(x)\ge f_i(y)+\langle\nabla f_i(y),x-y\rangle+\frac{\mu_i}2\|x-y\|^2fi​(x)≥fi​(y)+⟨∇fi​(y),x−y⟩+2μi​​∥x−y∥2 with μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, at least one μi>0\mu_i>0μi​>0 (Assumption 5). Put L=max⁡iLiL=\max_iL_iL=maxi​Li​, μˉ=1n∑iμi\bar\mu=\frac1n\sum_i\mu_iμˉ​=n1​∑i​μi​ and κˉ=L/μˉ\bar\kappa=L/\bar\muκˉ=L/μˉ​. Then fff has a unique minimizer x∗x^*x∗.

Network. At time kkk the agents communicate over an undirected graph E(k)E(k)E(k) and mix with a matrix W(k)W(k)W(k). Let WB(k)=W(k)W(k−1)⋯W(k−B+1)W_B(k)=W(k)W(k-1)\cdots W(k-B+1)WB​(k)=W(k)W(k−1)⋯W(k−B+1) and δ(k)=σmax⁡{WB(k)−1n11⊤}\delta(k)=\sigma_{\max}\{W_B(k)-\frac1n\mathbf 1\mathbf 1^\top\}δ(k)=σmax​{WB​(k)−n1​11⊤}. Assumption 1 requires: Wij(k)=0W_{ij}(k)=0Wij​(k)=0 when i≠ji\ne ji=j and (j,i)∉E(k)(j,i)\notin E(k)(j,i)∈/E(k); every W(k)W(k)W(k) is doubly stochastic; and for some positive integer BBB, δ=sup⁡k≥B−1δ(k)<1\delta=\sup_{k\ge B-1}\delta(k)<1δ=supk≥B−1​δ(k)<1.

DIGing (Algorithm 1) with step size α>0\alpha>0α>0: y(0)=∇f(x(0))\mathbf y(0)=\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(0))y(0)=∇f(x(0)) and

x(k+1)=W(k)x(k)−αy(k),y(k+1)=W(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).\mathbf x(k+1)=W(k)\mathbf x(k)-\alpha\mathbf y(k),\qquad \mathbf y(k+1)=W(k)\mathbf y(k)+\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k+1))-\nabla\mathbf f(\mathbf x(k)).x(k+1)=W(k)x(k)−αy(k),y(k+1)=W(k)y(k)+∇f(x(k+1))−∇f(x(k)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10

Let J1=3κˉB2(1+4nκˉ)J_1=3\bar\kappa B^2(1+4\sqrt n\sqrt{\bar\kappa})J1​=3κˉB2(1+4n​κˉ​). For every step size 0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ1)0<\alpha<1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_1)0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J1​) there is C>0C>0C>0 with

∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F≤Cλkfor all k,\|\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\top\|_F\le C\lambda^k\quad\text{for all }k,∥x(k)−1(x∗)⊤∥F​≤Cλkfor all k,

where 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 is the explicit rate

λ=1−αμˉ1.52B  if  α≤1.5(J12+(1−δ2)J1−δJ1)2μˉJ1(J1+1)2,λ=αμˉJ11.5+δB  otherwise.\lambda=\sqrt[2B]{1-\frac{\alpha\bar\mu}{1.5}}\ \text{ if }\ \alpha\le\frac{1.5(\sqrt{J_1^2+(1-\delta^2)J_1}-\delta J_1)^2}{\bar\mu J_1(J_1+1)^2},\qquad \lambda=\sqrt[B]{\sqrt{\frac{\alpha\bar\mu J_1}{1.5}}+\delta}\ \text{ otherwise.}λ=2B1−1.5αμˉ​​​  if  α≤μˉ​J1​(J1​+1)21.5(J12​+(1−δ2)J1​​−δJ1​)2​,λ=B1.5αμˉ​J1​​​+δ​  otherwise.

Milestones

The proof runs a small gain argument in the ergodic norm ∥s∥Fλ,K=max⁡k≤Kλ−k∥s(k)∥F\|\mathbf s\|_F^{\lambda,K}=\max_{k\le K}\lambda^{-k}\|\mathbf s(k)\|_F∥s∥Fλ,K​=maxk≤K​λ−k∥s(k)∥F​ around the cycle q→z→yˇ→xˇ→q\mathbf q\to\mathbf z\to\check{\mathbf y}\to\check{\mathbf x}\to\mathbf qq→z→yˇ​→xˇ→q, where q(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤\mathbf q(k)=\mathbf x(k)-\mathbf 1(x^*)^\topq(k)=x(k)−1(x∗)⊤ and z(k)\mathbf z(k)z(k) are the gradient differences. The milestones are the paper's own lemmas: Lemma 2 (the BBB-step consensus contraction); Lemmas 5, 6, 7 and 9 (the four arrows); Lemma 8 (an error bound for inexact gradient descent, used by Lemma 9); Theorem 3 (the small gain theorem); Lemma 4 (a bounded ergodic norm gives an R-linear rate).

Companions

The existence and uniqueness of x∗x^*x∗ (p. 9); Corollary 11, the polynomial-in-nnn rate λ(τ)=1−τ2/(128B2n4.5κˉ1.5)B\lambda(\tau)=\sqrt[B]{1-\tau^2/(128B^2n^{4.5}\bar\kappa^{1.5})}λ(τ)=B1−τ2/(128B2n4.5κˉ1.5)​ under the concrete graph and weight Assumptions 2–3; and Proposition 1, the optimality conditions behind the algorithm.

Significance

Theorem 10 gives geometric convergence of a fixed-step method to the exact optimum over networks that may be disconnected at every instant, provided they are jointly well mixed over windows of BBB steps. Its rate is explicit in BBB, nnn, δ\deltaδ, μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ and κˉ\bar\kappaκˉ, and Corollary 11 turns it into an iteration count polynomial in nnn. Gradient tracking of this kind has since become a standard building block of decentralized optimization and learning algorithms, and the small-gain analysis in the ergodic norm is reused for other methods with time-varying or directed communication; the companion mission in this series treats Push-DIGing over directed graphs with the same machinery.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has not been machine-checked. A formalization provides checked versions of the paper's reusable components: the small gain theorem in the ergodic norm, the error bound for inexact gradient descent on a sum of strongly convex functions, and the consensus contraction for products of doubly stochastic matrices. It also pins down the conventions the paper leaves implicit, such as the sign of the mixing weights and the endpoint of the step-size interval.

Difficulty

DIGing does not decrease any obvious quantity monotonically: the distance to the optimum can grow while the gradient tracker is still far from consensus, and over a time-varying graph a single mixing step need not contract at all; only products of BBB matrices do. A one-step Lyapunov argument therefore fails. The paper's way around this is to bound each quantity of the cycle by the previous one in the ergodic norm, with gains that depend on λ\lambdaλ, and to choose λ\lambdaλ and α\alphaα so that the product of the four gains is below one. The algebra of that choice, which produces the two-regime formula for λ\lambdaλ, is delicate: the constraints δ<λB<1\delta<\lambda^B<1δ<λB<1, 1−αμˉβ/(β+1)≤λ\sqrt{1-\alpha\bar\mu\beta/(\beta+1)}\le\lambda1−αμˉ​β/(β+1)​≤λ and the gain condition (37) pull in opposite directions. Lemma 8 needs a careful one-step analysis of gradient descent with perturbed gradient evaluations.

Formalization scope

A stacked matrix is Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); ∥⋅∥F\|\cdot\|_F∥⋅∥F​, xˉ\bar xxˉ, xˇ\check{\mathbf x}xˇ, 1c⊤\mathbf 1c^\top1c⊤ and the ergodic norm (6) are defined in DIGing.Undir.Common; WB(k)W_B(k)WB​(k), σmax⁡\sigma_{\max}σmax​ (the operator norm on Euclidean Rn\mathbb R^nRn), δ(k)\delta(k)δ(k), Assumptions 1–3, DIGing, J1J_1J1​ and the rate are in DIGing.Undir.Setting. The constants Li,μiL_i,\mu_iLi​,μi​ are parameters. δ\deltaδ is given as the least upper bound of {δ(k):k≥B−1}\{\delta(k):k\ge B-1\}{δ(k):k≥B−1}, and the optimum x∗x^*x∗ by its optimality. Agents and iterations are indexed from 000. Roots are Real.rpow.

Two hypotheses differ from the printed text, both disclosed in the item notes. Doubly stochastic includes nonnegative entries (Mathlib's doublyStochastic); the paper uses the term in this sense, and Lemma 6 is false for signed matrices with unit row and column sums. The right endpoint α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ1)\alpha=1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_1)α=1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J1​), printed as included, is excluded: there the rate formula gives λ=1\lambda=1λ=1. Corollary 11 assumes p≥1p\ge1p≥1, the paper's standing range (p. 4).

The goal assumes nothing about the arrows, the gains, the auxiliary parameters β,η\beta,\etaβ,η or the ergodic norm of the iterates; its only rate hypothesis is 0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉJ1)0<\alpha<1.5(1-\delta)^2/(\bar\mu J_1)0<α<1.5(1−δ)2/(μˉ​J1​), and its conclusion includes λ<1\lambda<1λ<1, so a bounded-sequence reading is ruled out.

A complete development needs: products and the spectral norm of doubly stochastic matrices; the ergodic norm and its monotonicity in KKK; basic smooth strongly convex analysis (existence of the minimizer, μi≤Li\mu_i\le L_iμi​≤Li​, co-coercivity); and real-power algebra for the choice of λ\lambdaλ. The small gain theorem, Lemma 8 and Lemma 2 are reusable beyond this mission, and are shared with the Push-DIGing mission of this series. Corollary 11's proof additionally uses a bound δ≤1−τ/(2n2)\delta\le1-\tau/(2n^2)δ≤1−τ/(2n2) from the consensus literature; formalizing it is a welcome separate contribution. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the arrows, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, W. Shi, Achieving geometric convergence for distributed optimization over time-varying graphs, SIAM J. Optim. 27(4), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1607.03218 (v3 is the version formalized)
  • A. Nedić, A. Olshevsky, A. Ozdaglar, J. N. Tsitsiklis, On distributed averaging algorithms and quantization effects, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 54(11), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2009.2031203
  • W. Shi, Q. Ling, G. Wu, W. Yin, EXTRA: An exact first-order algorithm for decentralized consensus optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(2), 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1404.6264
  • A. Nedić, A. Ozdaglar, Distributed subgradient methods for multi-agent optimization, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 54(1), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.2008.2009515
11 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Solvabilities for Stochastic Linear Quadratic Optimal Control Problems 1: The Cost Is Uniformly Convex iff the Riccati Equation Has a Strongly Regular SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

The stochastic linear quadratic (LQ) optimal control problem asks to steer a linear stochastic differential equation by a control so as to minimize a quadratic cost. It is the basic model of stochastic control: Wonham studied it in 1968 (Wonham 1968), and it is the model on which feedback design, mean-field control and LQ differential games are built (Yong–Zhou 1999).

Classically the cost weights are assumed nonnegative and the control weight RRR uniformly positive definite, the standard conditions (1.4). Under them the Riccati equation has a unique solution and the optimal control is a linear state feedback. A stochastic problem can however be well posed when RRR is indefinite, because the diffusion term also penalizes the control.

Timeline:

  • 1998: Chen, Li and Zhou observe that a stochastic LQ problem can be solvable with an indefinite RRR (SIAM J. Control Optim. 36).
  • 2002: Ait Rami, Moore and Zhou introduce a generalized Riccati equation with a pseudoinverse and algebraic constraints (SIAM J. Control Optim. 40).
  • 2014: Sun and Yong prove that closed-loop solvability is equivalent to the existence of a regular solution of that Riccati equation (SIAM J. Control Optim. 52).
  • 2016: Sun, Li and Yong characterize strongly regular solvability by the uniform convexity of the cost functional (SIAM J. Control Optim. 54, Theorem 4.5). This mission is that theorem.

Setting

A probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) carries a standard one-dimensional Brownian motion WWW. Its natural filtration, augmented by the P\mathbb PP-null sets, is F\mathbb FF. Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0 and deterministic coefficients A,C∈Rn×nA,C\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}A,C∈Rn×n, B,D∈Rn×mB,D\in\mathbb R^{n\times m}B,D∈Rn×m, weights Q∈SnQ\in\mathbb S^nQ∈Sn, S∈Rm×nS\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}S∈Rm×n, R∈SmR\in\mathbb S^mR∈Sm (functions of time) and G∈SnG\in\mathbb S^nG∈Sn. The admissible controls U[t,T]\mathcal U[t,T]U[t,T] are the F\mathbb FF-progressively measurable processes uuu with E∫tT∣u∣2ds<∞\mathbb E\int_t^T|u|^2ds<\inftyE∫tT​∣u∣2ds<∞. The state from the initial pair (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) solves

dX=(AX+Bu+b) ds+(CX+Du+σ) dW,X(t)=x,dX=(AX+Bu+b)\,ds+(CX+Du+\sigma)\,dW,\qquad X(t)=x,dX=(AX+Bu+b)ds+(CX+Du+σ)dW,X(t)=x,

and the cost is

J(t,x;u)=E{⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩+∫tT[⟨QX,X⟩+2⟨SX,u⟩+⟨Ru,u⟩+2⟨q,X⟩+2⟨ρ,u⟩]ds}.J(t,x;u)=\mathbb E\Big\{\langle GX(T),X(T)\rangle+2\langle g,X(T)\rangle+\int_t^T\big[\langle QX,X\rangle+2\langle SX,u\rangle+\langle Ru,u\rangle+2\langle q,X\rangle+2\langle\rho,u\rangle\big]ds\Big\}.J(t,x;u)=E{⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩+∫tT​[⟨QX,X⟩+2⟨SX,u⟩+⟨Ru,u⟩+2⟨q,X⟩+2⟨ρ,u⟩]ds}.

Standing assumptions (H1)–(H2): A∈L1A\in L^1A∈L1, B,C∈L2B,C\in L^2B,C∈L2, D∈L∞D\in L^\inftyD∈L∞, Q∈L1Q\in L^1Q∈L1, S∈L2S\in L^2S∈L2, R∈L∞R\in L^\inftyR∈L∞ on (0,T)(0,T)(0,T), and square-integrability of the random terms b,σ,q,ρ,gb,\sigma,q,\rho,gb,σ,q,ρ,g. No sign condition is imposed on GGG, QQQ or RRR. The homogeneous problem (SLQ)0^00 sets b,σ,g,q,ρ=0b,\sigma,g,q,\rho=0b,σ,g,q,ρ=0; its cost is J0J^0J0.

The map u↦J0(0,0;u)u\mapsto J^0(0,0;u)u↦J0(0,0;u) is uniformly convex if, for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0,

J0(0,0;u) ≥ λ E∫0T∣u(s)∣2ds∀u∈U[0,T].(4.2)J^0(0,0;u)\ \ge\ \lambda\,\mathbb E\int_0^T|u(s)|^2ds\qquad\forall u\in\mathcal U[0,T].\qquad(4.2)J0(0,0;u) ≥ λE∫0T​∣u(s)∣2ds∀u∈U[0,T].(4.2)

With ΣP=R+D⊤PD\Sigma_P=R+D^\top PDΣP​=R+D⊤PD and KP=B⊤P+D⊤PC+SK_P=B^\top P+D^\top PC+SKP​=B⊤P+D⊤PC+S, the Riccati equation is

P˙+PA+A⊤P+C⊤PC+Q−KP⊤ΣP†KP=0,P(T)=G,(4.6)\dot P+PA+A^\top P+C^\top PC+Q-K_P^\top\Sigma_P^\dagger K_P=0,\qquad P(T)=G,\qquad(4.6)P˙+PA+A⊤P+C⊤PC+Q−KP⊤​ΣP†​KP​=0,P(T)=G,(4.6)

with †\dagger† the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse. A solution P∈C([0,T];Sn)P\in C([0,T];\mathbb S^n)P∈C([0,T];Sn) is strongly regular if ΣP≥λI\Sigma_P\ge\lambda IΣP​≥λI a.e. for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 (4.10).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5

∃λ>0: J0(0,0;u)≥λ E ⁣∫0T ⁣∣u∣2ds  ∀u∈U[0,T]  ⟺  (4.6) admits a strongly regular solution.\exists\lambda>0:\ J^0(0,0;u)\ge\lambda\,\mathbb E\!\int_0^T\!|u|^2ds\ \ \forall u\in\mathcal U[0,T]\iff(4.6)\text{ admits a strongly regular solution.}∃λ>0: J0(0,0;u)≥λE∫0T​∣u∣2ds  ∀u∈U[0,T]⟺(4.6) admits a strongly regular solution.

The goal fixes no constant: the λ\lambdaλ on each side is existential.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: the cost of a feedback control ΘX+u\Theta X+uΘX+u, written through the solution of a Lyapunov equation.
  2. Lemma 2.3: u↦u−ΘX(u)u\mapsto u-\Theta X^{(u)}u↦u−ΘX(u) is bounded below, E∫∣u−ΘX(u)∣2≥γ E∫∣u∣2\mathbb E\int|u-\Theta X^{(u)}|^2\ge\gamma\,\mathbb E\int|u|^2E∫∣u−ΘX(u)∣2≥γE∫∣u∣2.
  3. Proposition 4.1: uniform convexity gives unique open-loop solvability and V0(t,x)≥α∣x∣2V^0(t,x)\ge\alpha|x|^2V0(t,x)≥α∣x∣2.
  4. Proposition 4.4: every Lyapunov solution satisfies R+D⊤PD≥λIR+D^\top PD\ge\lambda IR+D⊤PD≥λI and P≥αIP\ge\alpha IP≥αI, with the same λ,α\lambda,\alphaλ,α.
  5. (4.20) and the monotonicity P1≥Pi≥Pi+1≥αIP_1\ge P_i\ge P_{i+1}\ge\alpha IP1​≥Pi​≥Pi+1​≥αI of the iteration (4.18)–(4.19).
  6. Uniform convergence of the iteration to a strongly regular solution.
  7. The completion of squares J0(0,0;u)=E∫⟨ΣP(u−ΘX(u)),u−ΘX(u)⟩dsJ^0(0,0;u)=\mathbb E\int\langle\Sigma_P(u-\Theta X^{(u)}),u-\Theta X^{(u)}\rangle dsJ0(0,0;u)=E∫⟨ΣP​(u−ΘX(u)),u−ΘX(u)⟩ds.

Companion items: Remark 4.6 (the same λ\lambdaλ bounds ΣP\Sigma_PΣP​), the well-posedness of the state equation and the cost (Sun–Yong 2014, Proposition 2.1), and Proposition 3.5 (the standard conditions (1.4) imply uniform convexity).

Significance

Theorem 4.5 gives a checkable sufficient condition for the classical structure of LQ control: under (4.2) the Riccati equation has a solution whose gain matrix R+D⊤PDR+D^\top PDR+D⊤PD is uniformly positive definite, so the optimal control is a state feedback with an invertible gain. It covers indefinite weights, and Proposition 3.5 shows that it contains the classical case (1.4). Combined with Sun–Yong's equivalence it yields Corollary 4.7, the feedback representation of the open-loop optimal control, which later missions of this series use.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known they have no machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires stochastic calculus for controlled SDEs (Itô's formula for quadratic forms of a state process) linked to matrix ODE theory. The definitions this mission fixes (the LQ problem, the Riccati and Lyapunov equations with a pseudoinverse) can be reused by the other missions of the series and by any stochastic LQ formalization.

Difficulty

The direction (ii) ⇒ (i) is a completion of squares followed by Lemma 2.3. Lemma 2.3 is not obvious: it asserts a bounded inverse for an operator defined through an SDE.

The direction (i) ⇒ (ii) is the hard one. The obvious approach would solve (4.6) directly, but (4.6) is nonlinear and its coefficient ΣP†\Sigma_P^\daggerΣP†​ may be singular. No sign condition gives a priori bounds. The paper instead builds a policy-iteration sequence of linear Lyapunov equations. The difficulty is to show that every iterate keeps R+D⊤PiD≥λIR+D^\top P_iD\ge\lambda IR+D⊤Pi​D≥λI, so that the next gain is defined, and stays bounded below. These bounds come from the cost functional (Proposition 4.4), not from the matrix equation. Uniform convergence of the iterates then needs integrable estimates under the weak integrability of (H1).

Formalization scope

  • Basis. The paper's (Ω,F,P,W)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P,W)(Ω,F,P,W) is a probability measure with a standard Brownian motion IsStdBrownian (Mathlib's IsBrownianReal per coordinate, published module Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic). F\mathbb FF is augmentedFiltration (published ReflectedBSDE.Existence.Setting).
  • State and cost. The state from (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) is an Itô solution from time 000 whose coefficients are switched on at ttt, with continuous paths and Esup⁡∣X∣2<∞\mathbb E\sup|X|^2<\inftyEsup∣X∣2<∞. JJJ is evaluated along a chosen solution, which is unique; the item state_wellposed poses existence, uniqueness and integrability of the cost. Expectations are Bochner integrals, and ∣u∣2|u|^2∣u∣2 is the Euclidean u⋅uu\cdot uu⋅u.
  • Integrability and values. LpL^pLp conditions on matrix functions are entrywise. The diffusion coefficients C,DC,DC,D are taken Borel measurable on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (a measurable representative of their class), so that the Itô integrand CX+Du+σCX+Du+\sigmaCX+Du+σ of (1.1) is progressively measurable. VVV is an EReal infimum over admissible controls.
  • Matrix ODEs. The Riccati and Lyapunov equations are in integral form: continuous symmetric PPP, an integrable right-hand side, and P(t)=G+∫tTF(s,P(s))dsP(t)=G+\int_t^TF(s,P(s))dsP(t)=G+∫tT​F(s,P(s))ds. The pseudoinverse is the published HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv. Where the paper prints (⋅)−1(\cdot)^{-1}(⋅)−1 ((4.19), p. 2290) Lean's matrix inverse is used; it is invertible there by R+D⊤PD≥λIR+D^\top PD\ge\lambda IR+D⊤PD≥λI.
  • The iteration. The sequence of milestones 5–6 is given by hypotheses: P0P_0P0​ solves (4.18) and Pi+1P_{i+1}Pi+1​ the Lyapunov equation of Θi\Theta_iΘi​. Lyapunov solutions are unique, so this is the paper's sequence.
  • Constants. λ\lambdaλ and α\alphaα in Proposition 4.4 and Remark 4.6 are the constants of (4.2) and (4.1), passed as parameters.

Ruling out trivial forms. Uniform convexity is not defined through the operator M2(0)M_2(0)M2​(0) of (3.8), and strong regularity includes the integral Riccati equation. A formalization that drops the Riccati equation, or reads uniform convexity off a matrix condition, is a different theorem. No positivity of GGG, QQQ or RRR is assumed anywhere except in Proposition 3.5, whose hypothesis (1.4) is exactly that.

Contributions welcome: Itô's formula for ⟨P(s)X(s),X(s)⟩\langle P(s)X(s),X(s)\rangle⟨P(s)X(s),X(s)⟩ with a C1C^1C1 (or absolutely continuous) matrix PPP; existence and uniqueness for linear SDEs with L1/L2L^1/L^2L1/L2 coefficients; existence and uniqueness for linear matrix ODEs; the Penrose identities for pinv.

Selected references

  • J. Sun, X. Li, J. Yong, Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Solvabilities for Stochastic Linear Quadratic Optimal Control Problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 54 (2016), 2274–2308. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M103532X
  • J. Sun, J. Yong, Linear Quadratic Stochastic Differential Games: Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Saddle Points, SIAM J. Control Optim. 52 (2014), 4082–4121. https://doi.org/10.1137/140953642
  • M. Ait Rami, J. B. Moore, X. Y. Zhou, Indefinite Stochastic Linear Quadratic Control and Generalized Differential Riccati Equation, SIAM J. Control Optim. 40 (2002), 1296–1311. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012900371083
  • S. Chen, X. Li, X. Y. Zhou, Stochastic Linear Quadratic Regulators with Indefinite Control Weight Costs, SIAM J. Control Optim. 36 (1998), 1685–1702. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012996310478
  • W. M. Wonham, On a Matrix Riccati Equation of Stochastic Control, SIAM J. Control 6 (1968), 681–697. https://doi.org/10.1137/0306044
  • J. Yong, X. Y. Zhou, Stochastic Controls: Hamiltonian Systems and HJB Equations, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1466-3
14 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Solvabilities for Stochastic Linear Quadratic Optimal Control Problems 4: A Problem Open-Loop Solvable at Every (t, x) but Closed-Loop Solvable on No [t, 1]Research Paper

Why open-loop and closed-loop solvability must be told apart

In a stochastic linear–quadratic (LQ) optimal control problem a controller steers a linear stochastic differential equation and pays a quadratic cost. When the cost weights are allowed to be indefinite — as in mean–variance portfolio selection, where the control weight is zero — the problem can still be well posed, and two different notions of solution appear. An open-loop optimal control is a process chosen for one given initial pair (t,x)(t,x)(t,x). A closed-loop optimal strategy is a feedback law u=ΘX+vu=\Theta X+vu=ΘX+v that is optimal for every initial state at once. A closed-loop optimal strategy yields an open-loop optimal control for each initial state; the converse is the question.

Timeline. Chen, Li and Zhou (1998, doi:10.1137/S0363012996310478) started the theory of indefinite stochastic LQ control. Ait Rami, Moore and Zhou (2002, doi:10.1137/S0363012900371083) introduced the generalized Riccati equation with a Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse and stated that, for Problem (SLQ)0^00 with continuous coefficients and S=0S=0S=0, a continuous open-loop optimal control exists at every initial pair if and only if the Riccati equation has a solution satisfying a range condition and a sign condition. Sun and Yong (2014, doi:10.1137/140953642) characterized closed-loop solvability by regular solutions of that Riccati equation. Sun, Li and Yong (2016, doi:10.1137/15M103532X) showed by two explicit examples that the 2002 equivalence fails in both directions, and that open-loop solvability is strictly weaker than closed-loop solvability. This mission formalizes those examples.

Setting

Let WWW be a standard one-dimensional Brownian motion on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) and F\mathbb FF its augmented natural filtration. For (t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn(t,x)\in[0,T)\times\mathbb R^n(t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn and a control uuu in the space U[t,T]\mathcal U[t,T]U[t,T] of F\mathbb FF-progressively measurable Rm\mathbb R^mRm-valued processes with E∫tT∣u∣2ds<∞\mathbb E\int_t^T|u|^2ds<\inftyE∫tT​∣u∣2ds<∞, the state equation is

dX=(AX+Bu+b) ds+(CX+Du+σ) dW,X(t)=x,dX=(AX+Bu+b)\,ds+(CX+Du+\sigma)\,dW,\qquad X(t)=x,dX=(AX+Bu+b)ds+(CX+Du+σ)dW,X(t)=x,

and the cost J(t,x;u)J(t,x;u)J(t,x;u) is the expectation of ⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩\langle GX(T),X(T)\rangle+2\langle g,X(T)\rangle⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩ plus the time integral of a quadratic form in (X,u)(X,u)(X,u) with weights Q,S,RQ,S,RQ,S,R and linear terms q,ρq,\rhoq,ρ. Problem (SLQ)0^00 is the case b=σ=g=q=ρ=0b=\sigma=g=q=\rho=0b=σ=g=q=ρ=0, with cost J0J^0J0 and value function V0(t,x)=inf⁡u∈U[t,T]J0(t,x;u)V^0(t,x)=\inf_{u\in\mathcal U[t,T]}J^0(t,x;u)V0(t,x)=infu∈U[t,T]​J0(t,x;u).

The Riccati equation (4.6) is

P˙+PA+A⊤P+C⊤PC+Q−(PB+C⊤PD+S⊤)(R+D⊤PD)†(B⊤P+D⊤PC+S)=0,P(T)=G,\dot P+PA+A^\top P+C^\top PC+Q-(PB+C^\top PD+S^\top)(R+D^\top PD)^\dagger(B^\top P+D^\top PC+S)=0,\qquad P(T)=G,P˙+PA+A⊤P+C⊤PC+Q−(PB+C⊤PD+S⊤)(R+D⊤PD)†(B⊤P+D⊤PC+S)=0,P(T)=G,

where M†M^\daggerM† is the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse. A solution is regular if (4.7) R(B⊤P+D⊤PC+S)⊆R(R+D⊤PD)\mathcal R(B^\top P+D^\top PC+S)\subseteq\mathcal R(R+D^\top PD)R(B⊤P+D⊤PC+S)⊆R(R+D⊤PD) a.e., (4.8) (R+D⊤PD)†(B⊤P+D⊤PC+S)∈L2(R+D^\top PD)^\dagger(B^\top P+D^\top PC+S)\in L^2(R+D⊤PD)†(B⊤P+D⊤PC+S)∈L2, and (4.9) R+D⊤PD≥0R+D^\top PD\ge 0R+D⊤PD≥0 a.e.

Example 7.1 is Problem (SLQ)0^00 with n=1n=1n=1, m=2m=2m=2, T=1T=1T=1:

dX=[u1+u2] ds+[u1−u2] dW,J0(t,x;u)=E X(1)2,dX=[u_1+u_2]\,ds+[u_1-u_2]\,dW,\qquad J^0(t,x;u)=\mathbb E\,X(1)^2,dX=[u1​+u2​]ds+[u1​−u2​]dW,J0(t,x;u)=EX(1)2,

that is, A=C=Q=0A=C=Q=0A=C=Q=0, B=(1,1)B=(1,1)B=(1,1), D=(1,−1)D=(1,-1)D=(1,−1), G=1G=1G=1, S=0S=0S=0, R=0R=0R=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Example 7.1

For every (t,x)∈[0,1)×R(t,x)\in[0,1)\times\mathbb R(t,x)∈[0,1)×R,

u(t,x)∗(s)=−(x2−2t,x2−2t)⊤ is open-loop optimal,V0(t,x)=0,u^*_{(t,x)}(s)=-\Big(\frac{x}{2-2t},\frac{x}{2-2t}\Big)^\top\ \text{is open-loop optimal},\qquad V^0(t,x)=0,u(t,x)∗​(s)=−(2−2tx​,2−2tx​)⊤ is open-loop optimal,V0(t,x)=0,

while V0(1,x)=x2V^0(1,x)=x^2V0(1,x)=x2, and for every t∈[0,1)t\in[0,1)t∈[0,1) the problem is not closed-loop solvable on [t,1][t,1][t,1].

Milestones

  1. (7.3): the Riccati equation has the unique solution P≡1P\equiv1P≡1, and it violates (4.7).
  2. Theorem 4.3 for (SLQ)0^00: closed-loop solvability on [t,T][t,T][t,T] is equivalent to the existence of a regular solution on [t,T][t,T][t,T].
  3. (7.5)–(7.6): with RRR replaced by R+εIR+\varepsilon IR+εI the Riccati equation has the strongly regular solution Pε(t)=ε/(ε+2−2t)P_\varepsilon(t)=\varepsilon/(\varepsilon+2-2t)Pε​(t)=ε/(ε+2−2t).
  4. (7.7): Pε(t)→0P_\varepsilon(t)\to 0Pε​(t)→0 for t<1t<1t<1 and Pε(1)=1P_\varepsilon(1)=1Pε​(1)=1.
  5. (7.9)–(7.10): the closed-loop state and control of the regularized problem, uε=−(xε+2−2t,xε+2−2t)⊤u_\varepsilon=-\big(\frac{x}{\varepsilon+2-2t},\frac{x}{\varepsilon+2-2t}\big)^\topuε​=−(ε+2−2tx​,ε+2−2tx​)⊤.
  6. uε→u(t,x)∗u_\varepsilon\to u^*_{(t,x)}uε​→u(t,x)∗​ in L2L^2L2 as ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0.

Companion: Example 7.2

For dX=u dsdX=u\,dsdX=uds and J=X(1)2+∫t1s2u2dsJ=X(1)^2+\int_t^1s^2u^2dsJ=X(1)2+∫t1​s2u2ds, the Riccati equation (7.12) has the unique solution P(t)=tP(t)=tP(t)=t, which satisfies (4.7) and (4.9), yet no open-loop optimal control exists at (0,x)(0,x)(0,x), x≠0x\neq0x=0.

Significance

The result. Example 7.1 refutes the necessity half of the Ait Rami–Moore–Zhou criterion: a continuous open-loop optimal control exists at every initial pair, but the Riccati equation has no regular solution. Example 7.2 refutes the sufficiency half. Together they show that the Riccati equation with conditions (4.7) and (4.9) characterizes neither notion, and that open-loop solvability is strictly weaker than closed-loop solvability; Example 7.1 also exhibits a finite value function that is discontinuous in time. These facts are why the paper develops separate characterizations of open-loop solvability (through the regularized Riccati solutions PεP_\varepsilonPε​) instead of the Riccati equation itself.

Formalizing it. The examples are proved in the paper by appeal to its Theorems 5.3 and 6.2 and to Theorem 4.3 from Sun–Yong (2014). Nothing in this chain is machine-checked anywhere. A formal proof of the goal must verify the explicit optimal control against the canonical stochastic state equation, compute the value function, and rule out every closed-loop strategy; it can use Theorem 4.3 (posed here as a milestone) or a direct argument. The definitions built here (the stochastic LQ problem, the pseudoinverse Riccati equation, regularity) are shared with the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

Open-loop optimality looks immediate because J0=EX(1)2≥0J^0=\mathbb EX(1)^2\ge0J0=EX(1)2≥0, but it requires showing that the state driven by u∗u^*u∗ hits 000 at time 111, which means identifying the solution of the stochastic state equation for this control. The value at t=1t=1t=1 requires the degenerate interval [1,1][1,1][1,1] to be handled inside the same SDE framework. The hard part is the negative claim: it quantifies over all feedback pairs (Θ,v)(\Theta,v)(Θ,v) with Θ∈L2\Theta\in L^2Θ∈L2, and must show that no such pair drives every initial state to 000 at time 111. The paper reduces this to Theorem 4.3, whose proof (in Sun–Yong 2014) is a substantial piece of stochastic LQ theory; checking that P≡1P\equiv 1P≡1 fails the range condition is the easy end of that chain.

Formalization scope

Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, vectors are Fin k → ℝ, inner products are dot products, and ∣u∣2=u⋅u|u|^2=u\cdot u∣u∣2=u⋅u. The Brownian motion is the published Peng1990.SMP.IsStdBrownian, the filtration the published augmented filtration, the SDE solution concept the published Peng1990.SMP.SolvesSDE, and the pseudoinverse the published HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv.

  • The state from (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) is an SDE from time 000 with coefficients switched on at ttt, with a.s. continuous paths and Esup⁡∣X∣2<∞\mathbb E\sup|X|^2<\inftyEsup∣X∣2<∞; the cost uses a chosen solution, unique by [23, Proposition 2.1].
  • Value functions are infima in the extended reals over admissible controls.
  • The Riccati equation is in integral form on [t0,T][t_0,T][t0​,T]; regularity is (4.7)–(4.9) on [t0,T][t_0,T][t0​,T].
  • A closed-loop optimal strategy on [t,T][t,T][t,T] requires Θ∈L2(t,T)\Theta\in L^2(t,T)Θ∈L2(t,T), v∈U[t,T]v\in\mathcal U[t,T]v∈U[t,T], and, for every initial state, a solution of the closed-loop system that is no worse than any admissible control.
  • Theorem 4.3 is stated on [t,T][t,T][t,T] (the paper states it on [0,T][0,T][0,T] and applies it on [t,1][t,1][t,1]).
  • The goal places no hypotheses on the probability space beyond the Brownian motion.

Proving only that P≡1P\equiv1P≡1 violates (4.7) does not settle the goal: the goal is about solvability of the control problem itself, and "not closed-loop solvable on any [t,1][t,1][t,1]" is stated for every t<1t<1t<1, not as the failure on some interval.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on the well-posedness of linear SDEs in this framework, and on the pseudoinverse identities (Penrose equations, the pseudoinverse of a scaled symmetric matrix) that the Riccati computations need.

Selected references

  • J. Sun, X. Li, J. Yong, Open-loop and closed-loop solvabilities for stochastic linear quadratic optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 54(5) (2016) 2274–2308. doi:10.1137/15M103532X
  • M. Ait Rami, J. B. Moore, X. Y. Zhou, Indefinite stochastic linear quadratic control and generalized differential Riccati equation, SIAM J. Control Optim. 40 (2002) 1296–1311. doi:10.1137/S0363012900371083
  • J. Sun, J. Yong, Linear quadratic stochastic differential games: open-loop and closed-loop saddle points, SIAM J. Control Optim. 52 (2014) 4082–4121. doi:10.1137/140953642
  • S. Chen, X. Li, X. Y. Zhou, Stochastic linear quadratic regulators with indefinite control weight costs, SIAM J. Control Optim. 36 (1998) 1685–1702. doi:10.1137/S0363012996310478
13 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Solvabilities for Stochastic Linear Quadratic Optimal Control Problems 3: Open-Loop Solvability Is Equivalent to Convergence of the Riccati Minimizing SequenceResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear–quadratic (LQ) optimal control is the basic test case of stochastic control: a linear stochastic differential equation, a quadratic cost, and an optimal control that one expects to be a linear feedback of the state computed from a Riccati equation. In the indefinite stochastic case the weighting matrices GGG, QQQ, RRR carry no sign condition. The cost can then be convex without being uniformly convex, an optimal control may fail to exist although the value is finite, and the Riccati equation may have no solution of the kind the classical theory needs.

Sun, Li and Yong (SIAM J. Control Optim. 54 (2016) 2274–2308) separate finiteness, convexity, open-loop solvability and closed-loop solvability for this problem. This mission covers their Section 6. Under uniform convexity the optimal control is the Riccati feedback of Corollary 4.7. Section 6 removes uniform convexity: it regularizes the control weight RRR to R+εIR+\varepsilon IR+εI, takes the Riccati feedback control uεu_\varepsilonuε​ of each regularized problem, and shows that open-loop solvability of the original problem is exactly the convergence of uεu_\varepsilonuε​ along some sequence εk→0\varepsilon_k\to0εk​→0.

Timeline. Chen, Li and Zhou (SIAM J. Control Optim. 36 (1998)) introduced indefinite stochastic LQ problems. Ait Rami, Moore and Zhou (SIAM J. Control Optim. 40 (2002)) introduced the generalized Riccati equation with a pseudoinverse. Sun and Yong (SIAM J. Control Optim. 52 (2014)) characterized closed-loop solvability by regular solutions of that equation. In 2016 Sun, Li and Yong characterized uniform convexity by strongly regular solutions and open-loop solvability by the regularized feedback sequence treated here.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0 and a probability space carrying a one-dimensional standard Brownian motion WWW, with F\mathbb FF the augmented natural filtration of WWW. For an initial pair (t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn(t,x)\in[0,T)\times\mathbb R^n(t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn and an admissible control u∈U[t,T]u\in\mathcal U[t,T]u∈U[t,T], an F\mathbb FF-progressively measurable Rm\mathbb R^mRm-valued process with E∫tT∣u∣2ds<∞\mathbb E\int_t^T|u|^2ds<\inftyE∫tT​∣u∣2ds<∞, the state solves

dX=(AX+Bu+b) ds+(CX+Du+σ) dW,X(t)=x.dX=(AX+Bu+b)\,ds+(CX+Du+\sigma)\,dW,\qquad X(t)=x .dX=(AX+Bu+b)ds+(CX+Du+σ)dW,X(t)=x.

The cost is

J(t,x;u)=E[⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩+∫tT(⟨QX,X⟩+2⟨SX,u⟩+⟨Ru,u⟩+2⟨q,X⟩+2⟨ρ,u⟩)ds].J(t,x;u)=\mathbb E\Big[\langle GX(T),X(T)\rangle+2\langle g,X(T)\rangle+\int_t^T\big(\langle QX,X\rangle+2\langle SX,u\rangle+\langle Ru,u\rangle+2\langle q,X\rangle+2\langle\rho,u\rangle\big)ds\Big].J(t,x;u)=E[⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩+∫tT​(⟨QX,X⟩+2⟨SX,u⟩+⟨Ru,u⟩+2⟨q,X⟩+2⟨ρ,u⟩)ds].

The coefficients A,B,C,D,Q,S,RA,B,C,D,Q,S,RA,B,C,D,Q,S,R and GGG are deterministic, b,σ,q,ρ,gb,\sigma,q,\rho,gb,σ,q,ρ,g are random, and the integrability conditions are (H1)–(H2). The value function is V(t,x)=inf⁡uJ(t,x;u)∈[−∞,∞)V(t,x)=\inf_uJ(t,x;u)\in[-\infty,\infty)V(t,x)=infu​J(t,x;u)∈[−∞,∞). A control u∗u^*u∗ is open-loop optimal at (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) if J(t,x;u∗)≤J(t,x;u)J(t,x;u^*)\le J(t,x;u)J(t,x;u∗)≤J(t,x;u) for every u∈U[t,T]u\in\mathcal U[t,T]u∈U[t,T]. Problem (SLQ)0^00 is the case b,σ,g,q,ρ=0b,\sigma,g,q,\rho=0b,σ,g,q,ρ=0, with cost J0J^0J0.

For ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 let PεP_\varepsilonPε​ be the strongly regular solution of the Riccati equation (5.7),

P˙ε+PεA+A⊤Pε+C⊤PεC+Q−Kε⊤Σε−1Kε=0,Pε(T)=G,\dot P_\varepsilon+P_\varepsilon A+A^\top P_\varepsilon+C^\top P_\varepsilon C+Q-K_\varepsilon^\top\Sigma_\varepsilon^{-1}K_\varepsilon=0,\qquad P_\varepsilon(T)=G,P˙ε​+Pε​A+A⊤Pε​+C⊤Pε​C+Q−Kε⊤​Σε−1​Kε​=0,Pε​(T)=G,

where Σε=R+εI+D⊤PεD≥λI\Sigma_\varepsilon=R+\varepsilon I+D^\top P_\varepsilon D\ge\lambda IΣε​=R+εI+D⊤Pε​D≥λI for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and Kε=B⊤Pε+D⊤PεC+SK_\varepsilon=B^\top P_\varepsilon+D^\top P_\varepsilon C+SKε​=B⊤Pε​+D⊤Pε​C+S. Let (ηε,ζε)(\eta_\varepsilon,\zeta_\varepsilon)(ηε​,ζε​) be the adapted solution of the linear backward equation (4.11) for these data, and put

Θε=−Σε−1Kε,vε=−Σε−1(B⊤ηε+D⊤ζε+D⊤Pεσ+ρ).\Theta_\varepsilon=-\Sigma_\varepsilon^{-1}K_\varepsilon,\qquad v_\varepsilon=-\Sigma_\varepsilon^{-1}\big(B^\top\eta_\varepsilon+D^\top\zeta_\varepsilon+D^\top P_\varepsilon\sigma+\rho\big).Θε​=−Σε−1​Kε​,vε​=−Σε−1​(B⊤ηε​+D⊤ζε​+D⊤Pε​σ+ρ).

With XεX_\varepsilonXε​ the solution of the closed-loop system dXε=[(A+BΘε)Xε+Bvε+b]ds+[(C+DΘε)Xε+Dvε+σ]dWdX_\varepsilon=[(A+B\Theta_\varepsilon)X_\varepsilon+Bv_\varepsilon+b]ds+[(C+D\Theta_\varepsilon)X_\varepsilon+Dv_\varepsilon+\sigma]dWdXε​=[(A+BΘε​)Xε​+Bvε​+b]ds+[(C+DΘε​)Xε​+Dvε​+σ]dW, Xε(t)=xX_\varepsilon(t)=xXε​(t)=x, the regularized feedback sequence is

uε=ΘεXε+vε,ε>0.u_\varepsilon=\Theta_\varepsilon X_\varepsilon+v_\varepsilon,\qquad\varepsilon>0 .uε​=Θε​Xε​+vε​,ε>0.

U[t,T]=LF2(t,T;Rm)\mathcal U[t,T]=L^2_{\mathbb F}(t,T;\mathbb R^m)U[t,T]=LF2​(t,T;Rm) is a Hilbert space with inner product E∫tT⟨u,v⟩ds\mathbb E\int_t^T\langle u,v\rangle dsE∫tT​⟨u,v⟩ds; weak and strong convergence of controls refer to it.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.2

Assume (H1)–(H2) and that u↦J0(0,0;u)u\mapsto J^0(0,0;u)u↦J0(0,0;u) is convex. For (t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn(t,x)\in[0,T)\times\mathbb R^n(t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn the following are equivalent:

(SLQ) is open-loop solvable at (t,x)  ⟺  ∃ εk↓0: uεk⇀u∗  ⟺  ∃ εk↓0: uεk→u∗ in U[t,T],\text{(SLQ) is open-loop solvable at }(t,x)\iff\exists\,\varepsilon_k\downarrow0:\ u_{\varepsilon_k}\rightharpoonup u^*\iff\exists\,\varepsilon_k\downarrow0:\ u_{\varepsilon_k}\to u^*\text{ in }\mathcal U[t,T],(SLQ) is open-loop solvable at (t,x)⟺∃εk​↓0: uεk​​⇀u∗⟺∃εk​↓0: uεk​​→u∗ in U[t,T],

and every weak or strong limit of such a subsequence is an open-loop optimal control at (t,x)(t,x)(t,x). The goal assumes convexity, not uniform convexity, and no finiteness.

Milestones

  1. Corollary 3.4: convexity of J(t,x;⋅)J(t,x;\cdot)J(t,x;⋅) or J0(t,x;⋅)J^0(t,x;\cdot)J0(t,x;⋅) at one xxx, at every xxx, and J0(t,0;u)≥0J^0(t,0;u)\ge0J0(t,0;u)≥0 on U[t,T]\mathcal U[t,T]U[t,T] are equivalent.
  2. The zero extension (4.3): J0(t,0;u)=J0(0,0;0I[0,t)⊕u)J^0(t,0;u)=J^0(0,0;0I_{[0,t)}\oplus u)J0(t,0;u)=J0(0,0;0I[0,t)​⊕u).
  3. Corollary 4.7: under uniform convexity, the Riccati feedback control (4.28) is the unique open-loop optimal control.
  4. Theorem 6.1: if the problem is finite, lim⁡ε→0+J(t,x;uε)=V(t,x)\lim_{\varepsilon\to0^+}J(t,x;u_\varepsilon)=V(t,x)limε→0+​J(t,x;uε​)=V(t,x).
  5. Lemma 6.3: in a Hilbert space the norm is weakly lower semicontinuous, and strong convergence is weak convergence plus convergence of norms.
  6. (6.7): E∫tT∣uε∣2ds≤(Vε−V)/ε≤E∫tT∣v∗∣2ds\mathbb E\int_t^T|u_\varepsilon|^2ds\le(V_\varepsilon-V)/\varepsilon\le\mathbb E\int_t^T|v^*|^2dsE∫tT​∣uε​∣2ds≤(Vε​−V)/ε≤E∫tT​∣v∗∣2ds for any optimal v∗v^*v∗.
  7. Weak lower semicontinuity of u↦J(t,x;u)u\mapsto J(t,x;u)u↦J(t,x;u).

Two further statements follow the goal: open-loop solvability is equivalent to sup⁡ε>0E∫tT∣uε∣2ds<∞\sup_{\varepsilon>0}\mathbb E\int_t^T|u_\varepsilon|^2ds<\inftysupε>0​E∫tT​∣uε​∣2ds<∞ (p. 2303), and Proposition 6.4: if sup⁡ε>0∫0T∣Θε∣2ds<∞\sup_{\varepsilon>0}\int_0^T|\Theta_\varepsilon|^2ds<\inftysupε>0​∫0T​∣Θε​∣2ds<∞, the Riccati equation (4.6) has a regular solution and Problem (SLQ)0^00 is closed-loop solvable.

Significance

Theorem 6.1 gives a minimizing sequence computed from Riccati and backward equations whenever the problem is finite. Theorem 6.2 turns it into a test for open-loop solvability that needs no uniform convexity and no regular solution of the original Riccati equation. When an optimal control exists, it is recovered as the limit of feedback controls. Proposition 6.4 converts a bound on the gains Θε\Theta_\varepsilonΘε​ into closed-loop solvability of the homogeneous problem. Section 7 of the paper shows that open-loop solvability does not imply closed-loop solvability, so a criterion phrased directly in open-loop terms is needed.

All of these results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor the solution theory of stochastic LQ problems they rest on, had a machine-checked proof on Prove2Me or in Mathlib as of October 2026. A formal development needs the well-posedness of linear SDEs and BSDEs with integrable coefficients, the Riccati theory of Section 4, and the Hilbert-space structure of the space of admissible controls. Those parts are reusable for any stochastic LQ problem.

Difficulty

The obvious approach takes any minimizing sequence and extracts a weakly convergent subsequence. That fails without uniform convexity: a minimizing sequence need not be bounded, and boundedness is exactly what open-loop solvability provides in (6.7). The converse direction needs the limit of the regularized costs to identify the value, which requires both the minimizing property of uεu_\varepsilonuε​ (Theorem 6.1) and weak lower semicontinuity of JJJ. That in turn rests on convexity being transported from J0(0,0;⋅)J^0(0,0;\cdot)J0(0,0;⋅) to J(t,x;⋅)J(t,x;\cdot)J(t,x;⋅) through Corollary 3.4 and the zero extension. Upgrading weak to strong convergence uses the norm bound (6.7) with the limit itself as the optimal control. Every step depends on Corollary 4.7, the Riccati representation of the optimal control of the regularized problem, whose proof requires the theory of Section 4.

Formalization scope

The probability basis is a probability space with a one-dimensional standard Brownian motion and its augmented natural filtration. Vectors are Fin k → ℝ and matrices Matrix (Fin k) (Fin l) ℝ. Time is ℝ≥0, and ∣u∣2|u|^2∣u∣2 is the Euclidean dot product u ⬝ᵥ u. (H1)–(H2) are standing assumptions, with entrywise LpL^pLp conditions on the matrix coefficients. The state from (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) is a strong solution of the published SDE notion Peng1990.SMP.SolvesSDE whose coefficients are switched on at ttt; it has a.s. continuous paths and Esup⁡∣X∣2<∞\mathbb E\sup|X|^2<\inftyEsup∣X∣2<∞. The cost is evaluated along a chosen solution, which is unique. VVV is an infimum in the extended reals. Limits in ε\varepsilonε are taken as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^+ε→0+. "A subsequence" is a sequence εk>0\varepsilon_k>0εk​>0 with εk→0\varepsilon_k\to0εk​→0, and the limit control is required to be admissible. The backward equations use the published Peng1990.SMP.SolvesBSDE, and the pseudoinverse in (4.6) and (4.11) is the published HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv.

Theorem 6.1 prints the term −Θε⊤ρ-\Theta_\varepsilon^\top\rho−Θε⊤​ρ in its backward equation. The equation (4.11) that its proof uses through Corollary 4.7 has +Θε⊤ρ+\Theta_\varepsilon^\top\rho+Θε⊤​ρ, and the formalization uses (4.11). Corollary 3.4 is stated without its item (vi), which involves an operator M2(t)M_2(t)M2​(t) that the paper quotes from another source.

The families PεP_\varepsilonPε​, (ηε,ζε)(\eta_\varepsilon,\zeta_\varepsilon)(ηε​,ζε​) and XεX_\varepsilonXε​ are hypotheses pinned by their equations for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. The sequence uεu_\varepsilonuε​ is therefore the Riccati feedback sequence (6.2), never an arbitrary minimizing sequence or an arbitrary family of ε\varepsilonε-optimal controls; with such a family the implication (ii) ⇒ (i) would be a different theorem.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the solution theory of linear SDEs and BSDEs, Itô's formula for quadratic forms, Riccati and Lyapunov equations in integral form, weak compactness in LF2L^2_{\mathbb F}LF2​, and the milestones themselves.

Selected references

  • J. Sun, X. Li, J. Yong, Open-loop and closed-loop solvabilities for stochastic linear quadratic optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 54(5) (2016) 2274–2308. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M103532X
  • J. Sun, J. Yong, Linear quadratic stochastic differential games: open-loop and closed-loop saddle points, SIAM J. Control Optim. 52(6) (2014) 4082–4121. https://doi.org/10.1137/140953642
  • S. Chen, X. Li, X. Y. Zhou, Stochastic linear quadratic regulators with indefinite control weight costs, SIAM J. Control Optim. 36(5) (1998) 1685–1702. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012996310478
  • M. Ait Rami, J. B. Moore, X. Y. Zhou, Indefinite stochastic linear quadratic control and generalized differential Riccati equation, SIAM J. Control Optim. 40(4) (2002) 1296–1311. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012900371083
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4) (1990) 966–979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
14 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Solvabilities for Stochastic Linear Quadratic Optimal Control Problems 2: Finiteness Holds iff the Regularized Riccati Solutions P_ε(0) Are Bounded BelowResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear–quadratic (LQ) optimal control is the basic test case of stochastic control: a linear stochastic differential equation, a quadratic cost, and a value function that one expects to be a quadratic form in the initial state. In the indefinite stochastic case the weighting matrices GGG, QQQ, RRR carry no sign condition, and the classical picture breaks down. Without a sign condition the infimum of the cost can be −∞-\infty−∞. Before one can ask whether an optimal control exists, one has to ask whether the problem is finite, i.e. whether its value function stays above −∞-\infty−∞.

Sun, Li and Yong (SIAM J. Control Optim. 54 (2016) 2274–2308) separate the notions of finiteness, convexity, open-loop and closed-loop solvability for this problem. This mission covers their Section 5. Section 5 characterizes finiteness of the homogeneous problem by a family of regularized Riccati equations, and Example 5.2 shows that convexity of the cost alone is not enough.

Timeline. Chen, Li and Zhou (SIAM J. Control Optim. 36 (1998)) introduced indefinite stochastic LQ problems. Ait Rami, Moore and Zhou (SIAM J. Control Optim. 40 (2002)) introduced the generalized Riccati equation with a pseudoinverse. Sun and Yong (SIAM J. Control Optim. 52 (2014)) characterized closed-loop solvability by regular solutions of that equation. In 2016 Sun, Li and Yong characterized uniform convexity by strongly regular solutions, and finiteness by the limit of the regularized solutions treated here.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0 and a probability space carrying a one-dimensional standard Brownian motion WWW, with F\mathbb FF the augmented natural filtration of WWW. For an initial pair (t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn(t,x)\in[0,T)\times\mathbb R^n(t,x)∈[0,T)×Rn and an admissible control u∈U[t,T]u\in\mathcal U[t,T]u∈U[t,T], an F\mathbb FF-progressively measurable Rm\mathbb R^mRm-valued process with E∫tT∣u∣2ds<∞\mathbb E\int_t^T|u|^2ds<\inftyE∫tT​∣u∣2ds<∞, the state solves

dX=(AX+Bu+b) ds+(CX+Du+σ) dW,X(t)=x.dX=(AX+Bu+b)\,ds+(CX+Du+\sigma)\,dW,\qquad X(t)=x .dX=(AX+Bu+b)ds+(CX+Du+σ)dW,X(t)=x.

The cost is

J(t,x;u)=E[⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩+∫tT(⟨QX,X⟩+2⟨SX,u⟩+⟨Ru,u⟩+2⟨q,X⟩+2⟨ρ,u⟩)ds].J(t,x;u)=\mathbb E\Big[\langle GX(T),X(T)\rangle+2\langle g,X(T)\rangle+\int_t^T\big(\langle QX,X\rangle+2\langle SX,u\rangle+\langle Ru,u\rangle+2\langle q,X\rangle+2\langle\rho,u\rangle\big)ds\Big].J(t,x;u)=E[⟨GX(T),X(T)⟩+2⟨g,X(T)⟩+∫tT​(⟨QX,X⟩+2⟨SX,u⟩+⟨Ru,u⟩+2⟨q,X⟩+2⟨ρ,u⟩)ds].

The coefficients A,B,C,D,Q,S,RA,B,C,D,Q,S,RA,B,C,D,Q,S,R and GGG are deterministic, and b,σ,q,ρ,gb,\sigma,q,\rho,gb,σ,q,ρ,g are random; the integrability conditions are (H1)–(H2). The value function is V(t,x)=inf⁡uJ(t,x;u)∈[−∞,∞)V(t,x)=\inf_{u}J(t,x;u)\in[-\infty,\infty)V(t,x)=infu​J(t,x;u)∈[−∞,∞). Problem (SLQ)0^00 is the case b,σ,g,q,ρ=0b,\sigma,g,q,\rho=0b,σ,g,q,ρ=0; its cost and value are J0J^0J0 and V0V^0V0. The problem is finite at ttt if V(t,x)>−∞V(t,x)>-\inftyV(t,x)>−∞ for all xxx, and finite if this holds for every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T].

Write Σε(P)=R+εI+D⊤PD\Sigma_\varepsilon(P)=R+\varepsilon I+D^\top PDΣε​(P)=R+εI+D⊤PD and K(P)=B⊤P+D⊤PC+SK(P)=B^\top P+D^\top PC+SK(P)=B⊤P+D⊤PC+S. The regularized Riccati equation (5.7) is

P˙ε+PεA+A⊤Pε+C⊤PεC+Q−K(Pε)⊤Σε(Pε)−1K(Pε)=0,Pε(T)=G.\dot P_\varepsilon+P_\varepsilon A+A^\top P_\varepsilon+C^\top P_\varepsilon C+Q-K(P_\varepsilon)^\top\Sigma_\varepsilon(P_\varepsilon)^{-1}K(P_\varepsilon)=0,\qquad P_\varepsilon(T)=G .P˙ε​+Pε​A+A⊤Pε​+C⊤Pε​C+Q−K(Pε​)⊤Σε​(Pε​)−1K(Pε​)=0,Pε​(T)=G.

A solution is strongly regular if Σε(Pε)≥λI\Sigma_\varepsilon(P_\varepsilon)\ge\lambda IΣε​(Pε​)≥λI a.e. for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. Further, M0M_0M0​ solves the Lyapunov equation (3.2), M˙0+M0A+A⊤M0+C⊤M0C+Q=0\dot M_0+M_0A+A^\top M_0+C^\top M_0C+Q=0M˙0​+M0​A+A⊤M0​+C⊤M0​C+Q=0, M0(T)=GM_0(T)=GM0​(T)=G, and ΦA\Phi_AΦA​ solves Φ˙A=AΦA\dot\Phi_A=A\Phi_AΦ˙A​=AΦA​, ΦA(0)=I\Phi_A(0)=IΦA​(0)=I. The comparison function is

N(t)=[ΦA(t)⊤]−1{P(0)−∫0tΦA⊤(C⊤M0C+Q)ΦA ds}ΦA(t)−1.N(t)=[\Phi_A(t)^\top]^{-1}\Big\{P(0)-\int_0^t\Phi_A^\top(C^\top M_0C+Q)\Phi_A\,ds\Big\}\Phi_A(t)^{-1}.N(t)=[ΦA​(t)⊤]−1{P(0)−∫0t​ΦA⊤​(C⊤M0​C+Q)ΦA​ds}ΦA​(t)−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

Assume (H1)–(H2) and (5.6): J0(0,0;u)≥0J^0(0,0;u)\ge0J0(0,0;u)≥0 for all u∈U[0,T]u\in\mathcal U[0,T]u∈U[0,T]. For every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, let PεP_\varepsilonPε​ be the strongly regular solution of (5.7). Then

(SLQ)0 is finite  ⟺  ∃β∈R  ∀ε>0: Pε(0)≥βI.\text{(SLQ)}^0\ \text{is finite}\iff\exists\beta\in\mathbb R\ \ \forall\varepsilon>0:\ P_\varepsilon(0)\ge\beta I .(SLQ)0 is finite⟺∃β∈R  ∀ε>0: Pε​(0)≥βI.

In this case P(t)=lim⁡ε↓0Pε(t)P(t)=\lim_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}P_\varepsilon(t)P(t)=limε↓0​Pε​(t) exists for every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], and

V0(t,x)=⟨P(t)x,x⟩,R+D⊤PD≥0 a.e.,N(t)≤P(t)≤M0(t).V^0(t,x)=\langle P(t)x,x\rangle,\qquad R+D^\top PD\ge0\ \text{a.e.},\qquad N(t)\le P(t)\le M_0(t).V0(t,x)=⟨P(t)x,x⟩,R+D⊤PD≥0 a.e.,N(t)≤P(t)≤M0​(t).

In particular, finiteness at t=0t=0t=0 implies finiteness.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 5.1: (i) ⇒ (ii) ⇒ (iii) ⇒ (iv) and (v) ⇒ (ii). The statements relate finiteness of (SLQ) and (SLQ)0^00, a quadratic V0V^0V0, convexity of JJJ, and P[t,T]≠∅\mathcal P[t,T]\ne\emptysetP[t,T]=∅.
  2. Remark 4.8: under uniform convexity, V0(t,x)=⟨P(t)x,x⟩V^0(t,x)=\langle P(t)x,x\rangleV0(t,x)=⟨P(t)x,x⟩ with PPP the strongly regular solution.
  3. (5.8): R+εI+D⊤PεD≥εIR+\varepsilon I+D^\top P_\varepsilon D\ge\varepsilon IR+εI+D⊤Pε​D≥εI a.e.
  4. (5.13): Pε2(t)≥Pε1(t)≥P(t)P_{\varepsilon_2}(t)\ge P_{\varepsilon_1}(t)\ge P(t)Pε2​​(t)≥Pε1​​(t)≥P(t) for ε2>ε1>0\varepsilon_2>\varepsilon_1>0ε2​>ε1​>0, and the limit Pˉ(t)=lim⁡ε↓0Pε(t)\bar P(t)=\lim_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}P_\varepsilon(t)Pˉ(t)=limε↓0​Pε​(t) exists with Pˉ(t)≥P(t)\bar P(t)\ge P(t)Pˉ(t)≥P(t).
  5. (5.16): Pε(t)≤M0(t)P_\varepsilon(t)\le M_0(t)Pε​(t)≤M0​(t).
  6. (5.15) and (5.17): P(0)≤Pε(0)P(0)\le P_\varepsilon(0)P(0)≤Pε​(0), and J0(t,x;u)≥⟨N(t)x,x⟩J^0(t,x;u)\ge\langle N(t)x,x\rangleJ0(t,x;u)≥⟨N(t)x,x⟩.

Companions

Theorem 5.6 states the converse of Remark 4.8. Theorem 5.7 gives six equivalent conditions when D=0D=0D=0 and R≫0R\gg0R≫0. Example 5.2 is a problem whose cost is convex but which is not finite. Corollary 5.4 gives a Lyapunov-type sufficient condition for finiteness.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.3 turns finiteness, a statement about an infimum over an infinite-dimensional space of controls, into a lower bound on a one-parameter family of matrices. Each matrix in the family solves a well-posed Riccati equation. The theorem also says that the value function of a finite homogeneous problem is a quadratic form whose matrix is the monotone limit of PεP_\varepsilonPε​. It shows that this limit satisfies the regularity condition (5.10) and sits between two explicit bounds. Section 6 of the paper builds on the same regularization to construct minimizing sequences. Theorem 5.7 shows that in the case D=0D=0D=0, R≫0R\gg0R≫0, finiteness already forces unique closed-loop solvability.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved on paper since 2016; nothing in this mission is open mathematics. As far as is known, no part of indefinite stochastic LQ theory has been machine-checked, and Lean/Mathlib has no stochastic LQ problem, no matrix Riccati equation and no fundamental-matrix theory for time-varying linear ODEs. The mission produces faithful statements of the theorem, its proof steps and its companions on top of a reusable problem layer, as targets for complete formal proofs.

Difficulty

The naive argument fails at the interchange of the limit ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0 with the infimum over controls. Monotonicity in ε\varepsilonε gives a limit Pˉ(t)≥P(t)\bar P(t)\ge P(t)Pˉ(t)≥P(t) directly. The reverse inequality needs near-optimal controls whose L2L^2L2 norm may blow up, so it has to be organized carefully. The sufficiency direction needs more than the bound at t=0t=0t=0. Finiteness at later times is recovered through the comparison function N(t)N(t)N(t), which combines the fundamental matrix ΦA\Phi_AΦA​ with the Lyapunov solution M0M_0M0​. Example 5.2 rules out the tempting shortcut: under (5.6) the cost is convex, yet V0(0,x)=−∞V^0(0,x)=-\inftyV0(0,x)=−∞ for all x≠0x\ne0x=0. Every step also rests on stochastic calculus (Itô's formula for ⟨PX,X⟩\langle PX,X\rangle⟨PX,X⟩, well-posedness of the state equation) and on the representation of the value through the Riccati equation (Theorems 4.3 and 4.5, cited here).

Formalization scope

The problem layer is shared by the four missions of this series: SLQSolv.Finite.Setting and SLQSolv.Finite.Riccati. It builds on the published Itô-calculus and SDE layer Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic, the augmented Brownian filtration of ReflectedBSDE.Existence.Setting, and the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv. The layer commits to these conventions:

  • time is ℝ≥0, vectors are Fin k → ℝ, and ∣u∣2|u|^2∣u∣2 is the dot product u⋅uu\cdot uu⋅u;
  • the state from (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) is an SDE solution from time 0 with coefficients switched on at ttt, with continuous paths and a finite second moment of the supremum; the cost uses this (unique) solution;
  • VVV and V0V^0V0 take values in EReal, so V=−∞V=-\inftyV=−∞ is ⊥ and finiteness is ⊥ < V;
  • matrix ODEs (Riccati, Lyapunov, (5.12)) are in integral form on [t0,T][t_0,T][t0​,T]; the Riccati equation uses the pseudoinverse, which equals the printed inverse on strongly regular solutions;
  • matrix inequalities are Loewner inequalities (PosSemidef of the difference), and LpL^pLp conditions on matrix coefficients are entrywise;
  • "bounded from below" means one scalar β\betaβ with Pε(0)≥βIP_\varepsilon(0)\ge\beta IPε​(0)≥βI for all ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0; the limit is ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0ε↓0;
  • PεP_\varepsilonPε​, M0M_0M0​, ΦA\Phi_AΦA​ are hypotheses pinned by their defining equations, each with a unique solution; the limit PPP is a conclusion, not a hypothesis.

A formalization in which "bounded from below" allows β\betaβ to depend on ε\varepsilonε, or in which finiteness is checked on J0J^0J0 at a fixed control rather than on V0V^0V0, would trivialize the theorem and is excluded.

A complete development needs several pieces, all reusable beyond this mission:

  • Itô's formula for quadratic forms of linear SDEs;
  • existence and uniqueness for linear SDEs with LpL^pLp coefficients;
  • existence, uniqueness and invertibility for time-varying linear matrix ODEs;
  • continuity of the pseudoinverse on uniformly positive matrices;
  • the strongly regular solvability theorem (Theorem 4.5, the goal of mission 1 of this series).

Contributions to any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Sun, X. Li, J. Yong, Open-loop and closed-loop solvabilities for stochastic linear quadratic optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 54 (2016) 2274–2308. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M103532X
  • J. Sun, J. Yong, Linear quadratic stochastic differential games: open-loop and closed-loop saddle points, SIAM J. Control Optim. 52 (2014) 4082–4121. https://doi.org/10.1137/140953642
  • M. Ait Rami, J. B. Moore, X. Y. Zhou, Indefinite stochastic linear quadratic control and generalized differential Riccati equation, SIAM J. Control Optim. 40 (2002) 1296–1311. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012900371083
  • S. Chen, X. Li, X. Y. Zhou, Stochastic linear quadratic regulators with indefinite control weight costs, SIAM J. Control Optim. 36 (1998) 1685–1702. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012996310478
  • J. Yong, X. Y. Zhou, Stochastic Controls: Hamiltonian Systems and HJB Equations, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1466-3
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsPartial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

Local Exponential H² Stabilization of a 2 × 2 Quasilinear Hyperbolic System Using Backstepping 3: The Feedback with Dynamic Extension Locally Exponentially Stabilizes the Quasilinear System in H²Research Paper

Motivation

First-order hyperbolic systems of balance laws zt+Λ(z,x)zx+f(z,x)=0z_t+\Lambda(z,x)z_x+f(z,x)=0zt​+Λ(z,x)zx​+f(z,x)=0 model open-channel flow (the Saint-Venant equations), gas pipelines, traffic and heat exchangers. In most of these applications the state can be acted on only at one end of the domain, so stabilizing an equilibrium is a boundary control problem. For 2×22\times22×2 systems without source term (f=0f=0f=0), static boundary feedback built from a Lyapunov function works (Coron–Bastin–d'Andréa-Novel 2008); with a source term, Lyapunov functions of the diagonal form ∫01zTQ(x)z dx\int_0^1z^{\mathsf T}Q(x)z\,dx∫01​zTQ(x)zdx can fail (Bastin and Coron 2011, recalled in Remark 1 of the paper). Backstepping, introduced for parabolic equations by Krstic and Smyshlyaev, replaces the search for a Lyapunov function by an invertible integral change of variables that maps the linearized plant to a target system whose stability is evident.

Coron, Vazquez, Krstic and Bastin (arXiv:1208.6475v1, 2012; SIAM J. Control Optim. 51(3), 2013) design such a feedback for the linearization of a 2×22\times22×2 quasilinear system and prove that it stabilizes the nonlinear system locally in H2H^2H2. This mission formalizes that main result, Theorem 4.1.

Setting

The state is z(x,t)=(z1,z2)∈R2z(x,t)=(z_1,z_2)\in\mathbb R^2z(x,t)=(z1​,z2​)∈R2 on x∈[0,1]x\in[0,1]x∈[0,1], t≥0t\ge0t≥0, governed by

zt+Λ(z,x)zx+f(z,x)=0,z1(0,t)=G0(z2(0,t)),z2(1,t)=U(t).z_t+\Lambda(z,x)z_x+f(z,x)=0,\qquad z_1(0,t)=G_0(z_2(0,t)),\qquad z_2(1,t)=U(t).zt​+Λ(z,x)zx​+f(z,x)=0,z1​(0,t)=G0​(z2​(0,t)),z2​(1,t)=U(t).

The standing assumptions (§2) are: Λ\LambdaΛ, fff, G0G_0G0​ are C2C^2C2; Λ(0,x)=diag⁡(Λ1(x),Λ2(x))\Lambda(0,x)=\operatorname{diag}(\Lambda_1(x),\Lambda_2(x))Λ(0,x)=diag(Λ1​(x),Λ2​(x)) with Λ1>0>Λ2\Lambda_1>0>\Lambda_2Λ1​>0>Λ2​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1]; f(0,x)=0f(0,x)=0f(0,x)=0; G0(0)=0G_0(0)=0G0​(0)=0. Write fij=∂fi/∂zj(0,x)f_{ij}=\partial f_i/\partial z_j(0,x)fij​=∂fi​/∂zj​(0,x) and q=G0′(0)q=G_0'(0)q=G0′​(0); the paper treats q≠0q\ne0q=0.

The scaling w=Φz=(φ1z1,φ2z2)w=\Phi z=(\varphi_1z_1,\varphi_2z_2)w=Φz=(φ1​z1​,φ2​z2​), φ1=exp⁡∫0xf11/Λ1\varphi_1=\exp\int_0^xf_{11}/\Lambda_1φ1​=exp∫0x​f11​/Λ1​, φ2=exp⁡∫0xf22/Λ2\varphi_2=\exp\int_0^xf_{22}/\Lambda_2φ2​=exp∫0x​f22​/Λ2​, removes the diagonal of the linearization, which becomes wt=Σwx+Cww_t=\Sigma w_x+Cwwt​=Σwx​+Cw with Σ=diag⁡(−ϵ1,ϵ2)\Sigma=\operatorname{diag}(-\epsilon_1,\epsilon_2)Σ=diag(−ϵ1​,ϵ2​), ϵ1=Λ1\epsilon_1=\Lambda_1ϵ1​=Λ1​, ϵ2=−Λ2\epsilon_2=-\Lambda_2ϵ2​=−Λ2​, and CCC antidiagonal with entries c1=−f12φ1/φ2c_1=-f_{12}\varphi_1/\varphi_2c1​=−f12​φ1​/φ2​, c2=−f21φ2/φ1c_2=-f_{21}\varphi_2/\varphi_1c2​=−f21​φ2​/φ1​. The kernels Kvu,KvvK^{vu},K^{vv}Kvu,Kvv solve a pair of first-order hyperbolic equations on the triangle T={0≤ξ≤x≤1}\mathcal T=\{0\le\xi\le x\le1\}T={0≤ξ≤x≤1} with boundary data on its diagonal and on the edge ξ=0\xi=0ξ=0 ((3.32), (3.33), (3.36), (3.37)). The gain is k(x)=(φ1(x)Kvu(1,x),φ2(x)Kvv(1,x))/φ2(1)k(x)=(\varphi_1(x)K^{vu}(1,x),\varphi_2(x)K^{vv}(1,x))/\varphi_2(1)k(x)=(φ1​(x)Kvu(1,x),φ2​(x)Kvv(1,x))/φ2​(1).

The closed loop adds a dynamic extension:

z2(1,t)=∫01k(ξ)Tz(ξ,t) dξ+a(t)+b(t),a˙=−d1a,b˙=−d2b,z_2(1,t)=\int_0^1k(\xi)^{\mathsf T}z(\xi,t)\,d\xi+a(t)+b(t),\qquad \dot a=-d_1a,\quad \dot b=-d_2b,z2​(1,t)=∫01​k(ξ)Tz(ξ,t)dξ+a(t)+b(t),a˙=−d1​a,b˙=−d2​b,

with d1,d2>0d_1,d_2>0d1​,d2​>0, d1≠d2d_1\ne d_2d1​=d2​, and a(0)a(0)a(0), b(0)b(0)b(0) determined by the initial profile z0z_0z0​ through two linear functionals P1(z0)P_1(z_0)P1​(z0​), P2(z0)P_2(z_0)P2​(z0​). The norm is ∥z∥H2=∥z∥L2+∥zx∥L2+∥zxx∥L2\|z\|_{H^2}=\|z\|_{L^2}+\|z_x\|_{L^2}+\|z_{xx}\|_{L^2}∥z∥H2​=∥z∥L2​+∥zx​∥L2​+∥zxx​∥L2​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For every 0<λ<2min⁡(d1,d2)0<\lambda<2\min(d_1,d_2)0<λ<2min(d1​,d2​) there are δ,c>0\delta,c>0δ,c>0 such that every classical solution with ∥z0∥H2≤δ\|z_0\|_{H^2}\le\delta∥z0​∥H2​≤δ satisfying the compatibility conditions (4.16), (4.18) obeys

∥z(⋅,t)∥H22+a2(t)+b2(t)≤c e−λt(∥z0∥H22+a2(0)+b2(0))(t≥0).\|z(\cdot,t)\|_{H^2}^2+a^2(t)+b^2(t)\le c\,e^{-\lambda t}\big(\|z_0\|_{H^2}^2+a^2(0)+b^2(0)\big)\qquad(t\ge0).∥z(⋅,t)∥H22​+a2(t)+b2(t)≤ce−λt(∥z0​∥H22​+a2(0)+b2(0))(t≥0).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

Write γ=(α,β)=K[Φz]=Φz−∫0xK(x,ξ)Φz(ξ)dξ\gamma=(\alpha,\beta)=\mathcal K[\Phi z]=\Phi z-\int_0^xK(x,\xi)\Phi z(\xi)d\xiγ=(α,β)=K[Φz]=Φz−∫0x​K(x,ξ)Φz(ξ)dξ for the full 2×22\times22×2 kernel KKK, η=γt\eta=\gamma_tη=γt​, θ=γtt\theta=\gamma_{tt}θ=γtt​, and ∥γ∥∞=sup⁡x(∣α∣+∣β∣)\|\gamma\|_\infty=\sup_x(|\alpha|+|\beta|)∥γ∥∞​=supx​(∣α∣+∣β∣).

  1. H2H^2H2 equivalence (p. 12): ∥γ∥H2\|\gamma\|_{H^2}∥γ∥H2​ and ∥z∥H2\|z\|_{H^2}∥z∥H2​ are equivalent.
  2. Proposition 5.1: for V1=∫01γTDγV_1=\int_0^1\gamma^{\mathsf T}D\gammaV1​=∫01​γTDγ and small ∥γ∥∞\|\gamma\|_\infty∥γ∥∞​, V˙1≤−λ1V1−λ2(α2(1,t)+β2(0,t))+C1V13/2+C2∥γx∥∞V1+C3(a2+b2)\dot V_1\le-\lambda_1V_1-\lambda_2(\alpha^2(1,t)+\beta^2(0,t))+C_1V_1^{3/2}+C_2\|\gamma_x\|_\infty V_1+C_3(a^2+b^2)V˙1​≤−λ1​V1​−λ2​(α2(1,t)+β2(0,t))+C1​V13/2​+C2​∥γx​∥∞​V1​+C3​(a2+b2).
  3. Lemma B.6: the sup and L2L^2L2 norms of η\etaη and γx\gamma_xγx​ are comparable.
  4. Proposition 5.3: for V2=∫01ηTR[γ]ηV_2=\int_0^1\eta^{\mathsf T}R[\gamma]\etaV2​=∫01​ηTR[γ]η, V˙2≤−λ3V2−λ4(η12(1,t)+η22(0,t))+K1V2∥η∥∞+K2(a2+b2)\dot V_2\le-\lambda_3V_2-\lambda_4(\eta_1^2(1,t)+\eta_2^2(0,t))+K_1V_2\|\eta\|_\infty+K_2(a^2+b^2)V˙2​≤−λ3​V2​−λ4​(η12​(1,t)+η22​(0,t))+K1​V2​∥η∥∞​+K2​(a2+b2).
  5. Proposition 5.4: for V3=∫01θTR[γ]θV_3=\int_0^1\theta^{\mathsf T}R[\gamma]\thetaV3​=∫01​θTR[γ]θ and small ∥γ∥∞+∥η∥∞\|\gamma\|_\infty+\|\eta\|_\infty∥γ∥∞​+∥η∥∞​, V˙3≤−λ5V3−λ6(θ12(1,t)+θ22(0,t))+K1V3V21/2+K2V2V31/2+K3V33/2+K4∥η∥∞η22(0,t)+K5(a2+b2)\dot V_3\le-\lambda_5V_3-\lambda_6(\theta_1^2(1,t)+\theta_2^2(0,t))+K_1V_3V_2^{1/2}+K_2V_2V_3^{1/2}+K_3V_3^{3/2}+K_4\|\eta\|_\infty\eta_2^2(0,t)+K_5(a^2+b^2)V˙3​≤−λ5​V3​−λ6​(θ12​(1,t)+θ22​(0,t))+K1​V3​V21/2​+K2​V2​V31/2​+K3​V33/2​+K4​∥η∥∞​η22​(0,t)+K5​(a2+b2).
  6. Proposition B.5: the norms of θ\thetaθ and γxx\gamma_{xx}γxx​ are comparable.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 shows that a feedback computed entirely from the linearization, by solving linear kernel equations, is a valid local stabilizer of the quasilinear system in H2H^2H2, the natural space for classical C1C^1C1 solutions of quasilinear hyperbolic systems. The dynamic extension (a,b)(a,b)(a,b) is what makes the result usable: without it, the static feedback imposes artificial compatibility conditions (4.17), (4.19) on the initial data.

The result is proved in the paper (§5 and Appendix B); none of it is machine-checked. A formal proof needs a rigorous treatment of the Volterra transformation and its inverse in H2H^2H2, the three-level Lyapunov argument (V1V_1V1​, V2V_2V2​, V3V_3V3​), and the comparison of these functionals with the H2H^2H2 norm. The formalization also records corrections to the printed formulas: the sign of φ2\varphi_2φ2​ in (4.1), the entries of CCC in (4.7), the initial values (4.26), and the admissible decay rates (see below).

Difficulty

The obvious argument — the linear closed loop is exponentially stable, so the nonlinear one is locally stable — fails for hyperbolic systems: the nonlinear terms ΛNL(w,x)wx\Lambda_{NL}(w,x)w_xΛNL​(w,x)wx​ contain a derivative of the state, so they are not small in L2L^2L2 relative to ∥w∥L2\|w\|_{L^2}∥w∥L2​, and an L2L^2L2 estimate does not close. One must control γ\gammaγ, γt\gamma_tγt​ and γtt\gamma_{tt}γtt​ simultaneously, each with its own Lyapunov functional whose weight R[γ]R[\gamma]R[γ] depends on the state, and exchange time derivatives for space derivatives through the equation, which is possible only while ∥γ∥∞\|\gamma\|_\infty∥γ∥∞​ and ∥γt∥∞\|\gamma_t\|_\infty∥γt​∥∞​ stay small.

Formalization scope

States are Fin 2 → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin 2) (Fin 2) ℝ, indices 0-based. A solution is one C2C^2C2 function z:R×R→R2z:\mathbb R\times\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^2z:R×R→R2 (space first) with the PDE imposed on [0,1]×[0,∞)[0,1]\times[0,\infty)[0,1]×[0,∞) and the boundary conditions for t≥0t\ge0t≥0; this is the theorem restricted to classical solutions, since Mathlib has no Sobolev spaces. Global existence is not asserted. Coefficient functions are defined on all of R\mathbb RR with global C2C^2C2 regularity and sign conditions on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. H1H^1H1, H2H^2H2 norms are sums of L2L^2L2 norms, as on p. 11; ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ uses ∣α∣+∣β∣|\alpha|+|\beta|∣α∣+∣β∣.

Added or corrected relative to the page, all disclosed in the items:

  • q≠0q\neq0q=0 (the case the paper proves; q=0q=0q=0 is a remark);
  • φ2=exp⁡(+∫f22/Λ2)\varphi_2=\exp(+\int f_{22}/\Lambda_2)φ2​=exp(+∫f22​/Λ2​), c1=−f12φ1/φ2c_1=-f_{12}\varphi_1/\varphi_2c1​=−f12​φ1​/φ2​, c2=−f21φ2/φ1c_2=-f_{21}\varphi_2/\varphi_1c2​=−f21​φ2​/φ1​, a(0)=(P2−d2P1)/(d1−d2)a(0)=(P_2-d_2P_1)/(d_1-d_2)a(0)=(P2​−d2​P1​)/(d1​−d2​), b(0)=(d1P1−P2)/(d1−d2)b(0)=(d_1P_1-P_2)/(d_1-d_2)b(0)=(d1​P1​−P2​)/(d1​−d2​);
  • 0<λ<2min⁡(d1,d2)0<\lambda<2\min(d_1,d_2)0<λ<2min(d1​,d2​) instead of "every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0", which fails for fixed d1,d2d_1,d_2d1​,d2​ because a(t)=a(0)e−d1ta(t)=a(0)e^{-d_1t}a(t)=a(0)e−d1​t;
  • milestones take a full C2C^2C2 kernel (the page's claim via Theorem A.2, guaranteed for C3C^3C3 data); the goal takes only C1C^1C1 kernels Kvu,KvvK^{vu},K^{vv}Kvu,Kvv;
  • Proposition 5.3's last term is K2(a2+b2)K_2(a^2+b^2)K2​(a2+b2) (printed K2b2K_2b^2K2​b2).
  • Proposition 5.4 is stated for closed-loop solutions of class C3C^3C3, since V˙3\dot V_3V˙3​ involves γttt\gamma_{ttt}γttt​.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: δ\deltaδ, ccc and every milestone constant are quantified after the data and before the solution; the kernels are pinned down by all their equations and boundary conditions (unique by Theorem A.1 of the paper); the corrected a(0)a(0)a(0), b(0)b(0)b(0) are the ones every classical solution has, so no small initial profile is excluded; and the H2H^2H2 norm contains ∥zxx∥L2\|z_{xx}\|_{L^2}∥zxx​∥L2​.

Not formalized: Lemma 5.2 (its printed bound (5.38), ∥γ∥∞(1+∥γx∥∞)\|\gamma\|_\infty(1+\|\gamma_x\|_\infty)∥γ∥∞​(1+∥γx​∥∞​), fails for profiles with small ∥γ∥∞\|\gamma\|_\infty∥γ∥∞​ and large ∥γx∥∞\|\gamma_x\|_\infty∥γx​∥∞​, and (5.37) compares a matrix with a scalar), and Lemmas B.1–B.4, B.7, B.8. Contributions of a reusable theory of Volterra integral transformations on [0,1][0,1][0,1] with C2C^2C2 kernels, and of the comparison between sup and L2L^2L2 norms of solutions of hyperbolic systems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J.-M. Coron, R. Vazquez, M. Krstic, G. Bastin, Local Exponential H² Stabilization of a 2 × 2 Quasilinear Hyperbolic System Using Backstepping, arXiv:1208.6475v1, 2012; SIAM J. Control Optim. 51(3), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1208.6475v1
  • G. Bastin, J.-M. Coron, On boundary feedback stabilization of non-uniform linear 2 × 2 hyperbolic systems over a bounded interval, Systems and Control Letters 60, 2011, pp. 900–906 (reference [1] of arXiv:1208.6475v1). https://arxiv.org/abs/1208.6475v1
  • M. Krstic, A. Smyshlyaev, Boundary Control of PDEs: A Course on Backstepping Designs, SIAM, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718607
  • J.-M. Coron, G. Bastin, B. d'Andréa-Novel, Dissipative boundary conditions for one-dimensional nonlinear hyperbolic systems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 47(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/060650222
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

McKean–Vlasov Optimal Control: The Dynamic Programming Principle 1: The Weak Formulation's Value Function Is Upper Semi-Analytic and Satisfies the DPPResearch Paper

Motivation

A McKean–Vlasov control problem asks a planner to steer a stochastic differential equation whose coefficients depend not only on the current path of the state but also on its (conditional) distribution. Such problems describe the cooperative optimum of a large population of interacting agents: when each agent reacts to the empirical distribution of all others and a social planner chooses everybody's control, the limit as the population grows is a McKean–Vlasov control problem (Lacker 2017). When all agents are also exposed to a common noise (a shared source of randomness, such as a market factor), the relevant distribution is the conditional law of the state given that noise.

Bellman's dynamic programming principle (DPP) is the standard route from a control problem to its Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation and to verification arguments. For McKean–Vlasov dynamics it fails in the naive state variable, because the problem is time-inconsistent; it can be recovered by taking the (conditional) law of the state as the state.

Timeline. Laurière and Pironneau (2014) and Bensoussan, Frehse and Yam (2013–2017) proved a DPP for densities of the state law. Pham and Wei (2017, SICON) proved a DPP over closed-loop controls in a Markovian setting with a common-noise filtration, under regularity assumptions; Pham and Wei (2018, ESAIM:COCV) treated the case without common noise. Bayraktar, Cosso and Pham (2018, Trans. AMS) obtained a randomised DPP, again Markovian and without common noise. Djete, Possamaï and Tan (2022) proved the DPP for the general non-Markovian problem with common noise, under Borel measurability of the coefficients only. This mission formalizes their DPP for the weak formulation.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions n,d,ℓ∈Nn,d,\ell\in\mathbb Nn,d,ℓ∈N, a nonempty Polish space (U,ρ)(U,\rho)(U,ρ) of control values, a point u0∈Uu_0\in Uu0​∈U and an exponent p≥0p\ge0p≥0. Let Ck:=C([0,T],Rk)\mathcal C^k:=C([0,T],\mathbb R^k)Ck:=C([0,T],Rk) with the uniform norm, P(E)\mathcal P(E)P(E) the Borel probability measures on EEE with the weak topology, and xt∧⋅x_{t\wedge\cdot}xt∧⋅​ the path xxx stopped at time ttt. The coefficients b,σ,σ0,Lb,\sigma,\sigma_0,Lb,σ,σ0​,L are maps [0,T]×Cn×P(Cn×U)×U→Rn,Rn×d,Rn×ℓ,R[0,T]\times\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n\times U)\times U\to\mathbb R^n,\mathbb R^{n\times d},\mathbb R^{n\times\ell},\mathbb R[0,T]×Cn×P(Cn×U)×U→Rn,Rn×d,Rn×ℓ,R, and g:Cn×P(Cn)→Rg:\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)\to\mathbb Rg:Cn×P(Cn)→R; all are Borel measurable, and b,σ,σ0,Lb,\sigma,\sigma_0,Lb,σ,σ0​,L depend on the path and the measure only through their restrictions to [0,t][0,t][0,t] (non-anticipative).

A weak control γ\gammaγ with initial condition (t,ν)∈[0,T]×P(Cn)(t,\nu)\in[0,T]\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)(t,ν)∈[0,T]×P(Cn) consists of a probability space carrying two filtrations Fγ⊇Gγ\mathbb F^\gamma\supseteq\mathbb G^\gammaFγ⊇Gγ (the second models the common noise), a state XγX^\gammaXγ, Brownian motions WγW^\gammaWγ (idiosyncratic) and BγB^\gammaBγ (common) on [t,T][t,T][t,T], a predictable UUU-valued control αγ\alpha^\gammaαγ, and measure-valued processes μsγ=L(Xs∧⋅γ∣Gsγ)\mu^\gamma_s=\mathcal L(X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot}\mid\mathcal G^\gamma_s)μsγ​=L(Xs∧⋅γ​∣Gsγ​) and μˉsγ=L((Xs∧⋅γ,αsγ)∣Gsγ)\bar\mu^\gamma_s=\mathcal L((X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\alpha^\gamma_s)\mid\mathcal G^\gamma_s)μˉ​sγ​=L((Xs∧⋅γ​,αsγ​)∣Gsγ​), such that Xt∧⋅γ∼ν(t)X^\gamma_{t\wedge\cdot}\sim\nu(t)Xt∧⋅γ​∼ν(t), an integrability condition of order ppp holds, a compatibility condition between the two filtrations holds, and

dXsγ=b(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+σ(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) dWsγ+σ0(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) dBsγ,s∈[t,T].dX^\gamma_s=b(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+\sigma(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,dW^\gamma_s+\sigma_0(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,dB^\gamma_s,\qquad s\in[t,T].dXsγ​=b(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+σ(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)dWsγ​+σ0​(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)dBsγ​,s∈[t,T].

The reward and the value function are

J(t,γ)=E[∫tTL(s,Xs∧⋅γ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+g(XT∧⋅γ,μTγ)],VW(t,ν)=sup⁡γ∈ΓW(t,ν)J(t,γ),J(t,\gamma)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^TL(s,X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+g(X^\gamma_{T\wedge\cdot},\mu^\gamma_T)\Big],\qquad V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_W(t,\nu)}J(t,\gamma),J(t,γ)=E[∫tT​L(s,Xs∧⋅γ​,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+g(XT∧⋅γ​,μTγ​)],VW​(t,ν)=γ∈ΓW​(t,ν)sup​J(t,γ),

with ∞−∞:=−∞\infty-\infty:=-\infty∞−∞:=−∞ and sup⁡∅=−∞\sup\emptyset=-\inftysup∅=−∞. Each weak control also carries Asγ=∫ts∨tπ(αrγ) drA^\gamma_s=\int_t^{s\vee t}\pi(\alpha^\gamma_r)\,drAsγ​=∫ts∨t​π(αrγ​)dr, where π\piπ is a Borel isomorphism of UUU onto a subset of [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the continuous conditional-law process μ^γ\hat\mu^\gammaμ^​γ of (Xγ,Aγ,Wγ,Bγ)(X^\gamma,A^\gamma,W^\gamma,B^\gamma)(Xγ,Aγ,Wγ,Bγ) given Gγ\mathbb G^\gammaGγ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

VW:[0,T]×P(Cn)→[−∞,∞]V_W:[0,T]\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)\to[-\infty,\infty]VW​:[0,T]×P(Cn)→[−∞,∞] is upper semi-analytic (every superlevel set {VW>c}\{V_W>c\}{VW​>c} is analytic), and for every stopping time τ⋆\tau^\starτ⋆ of the canonical filtration of Ω⋆:=Cℓ×C([0,T],P(Cn×C×Cd×Cℓ))\Omega^\star:=\mathcal C^\ell\times C([0,T],\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal C\times\mathcal C^d\times\mathcal C^\ell))Ω⋆:=Cℓ×C([0,T],P(Cn×C×Cd×Cℓ)) with values in [t,T][t,T][t,T], setting τγ:=τ⋆(Bγ,t,μ^γ)\tau^\gamma:=\tau^\star(B^{\gamma,t},\hat\mu^\gamma)τγ:=τ⋆(Bγ,t,μ^​γ),

VW(t,ν)=sup⁡γ∈ΓW(t,ν)E[∫tτγL(s,Xs∧⋅γ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+VW(τγ,μτγγ)].V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_W(t,\nu)}\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^{\tau^\gamma}L(s,X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+V_W(\tau^\gamma,\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma})\Big].VW​(t,ν)=γ∈ΓW​(t,ν)sup​E[∫tτγ​L(s,Xs∧⋅γ​,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+VW​(τγ,μτγγ​)].

Milestones

The canonical reformulation on Ωˉ:=Ω^×C([0,T],P(Ω^))\bar\Omega:=\hat\Omega\times C([0,T],\mathcal P(\hat\Omega))Ωˉ:=Ω^×C([0,T],P(Ω^)) with weak control rules PˉW(t,ν)\bar{\mathcal P}_W(t,\nu)PˉW​(t,ν) (Definition 4.1): Lemma 4.4(i) (weak controls and weak control rules correspond), Corollary 4.6 (VW(t,ν)=sup⁡Pˉ∈PˉW(t,ν)J(t,Pˉ)V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\bar{\mathbb P}\in\bar{\mathcal P}_W(t,\nu)}J(t,\bar{\mathbb P})VW​(t,ν)=supPˉ∈PˉW​(t,ν)​J(t,Pˉ)), Lemma 4.7 (analytic graphs, VWV_WVW​ u.s.a.), Lemma 4.8 (stability under conditioning at a stopping time), Lemma 4.9 (dependence on the initial law only through ν^(t)\hat\nu(t)ν^(t)), (4.10) (moment truncation VWM↗VWV^M_W\nearrow V_WVWM​↗VW​, analytic and u.s.a.) and Lemma 4.10 (universally measurable ε\varepsilonε-optimal families and concatenation).

Significance

The result. The theorem gives the DPP for McKean–Vlasov control with common noise in a non-Markovian setting, with no regularity on the coefficients beyond Borel measurability and no integrability on the rewards. It is the starting point for the dynamic programming (HJB) equation on the space of probability measures, for the Markovian corollaries of §3.2 of the paper, and, through the equivalence of formulations in the companion work, for the strong formulations treated in the second mission of this series.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; nothing of it is machine-checked. A formal development needs a working theory of weak controls with conditional laws, a controlled martingale problem on a space of measure-valued paths, and analytic-set measurability in continuous time. None of these exists in Mathlib, and the analytic-selection layer on Prove2Me (Bertsekas–Shreve, Chapter 7) is stated but not yet proved.

Difficulty

The obvious argument conditions an optimal-ish control on its information at the stopping time and pastes in near-optimal controls from the conditioned states. Each step fails without additional structure: VWV_WVW​ is not known to be measurable, so E[VW(τγ,μτγγ)]\mathbb E[V_W(\tau^\gamma,\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma})]E[VW​(τγ,μτγγ​)] is not obviously meaningful; conditioning a weak control on its information at τγ\tau^\gammaτγ need not yield a weak control, because the conditional-law constraint involves the common-noise filtration and a compatibility condition between filtrations; and choosing a near-optimal control for each conditioned state is a selection problem over an uncountable family of probability spaces. The state of the problem is a law, which is itself defined only up to null sets, so random-time evaluations such as μτγγ\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma}μτγγ​ need a continuous version.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace MKVDPP.Weak. Conventions:

  • Times are in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​; paths are elements of C([0,T],Rk)C([0,T],\mathbb R^k)C([0,T],Rk) with Rk\mathbb R^kRk Euclidean; a path is read at times beyond TTT as its value at TTT.
  • Expectations and time integrals are E[ξ+]−E[ξ−]\mathbb E[\xi^+]-\mathbb E[\xi^-]E[ξ+]−E[ξ−] in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞] with ∞−∞=−∞\infty-\infty=-\infty∞−∞=−∞, computed as lower integrals.
  • The supremum defining VWV_WVW​ ranges over weak controls on probability spaces in Type (universe 0).
  • "The integrals are implicitly assumed to be well-defined" is pinned to local Itô integrals (EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral) of integrands that are a.s. square integrable on [t,T][t,T][t,T], taken against the shifted Brownian motions Wγ,tW^{\gamma,t}Wγ,t, Bγ,tB^{\gamma,t}Bγ,t; no L2(P)L^2(\mathbb P)L2(P) condition, which would shrink ΓW\Gamma_WΓW​.
  • The conditional-law requirement "for dP⊗dsd\mathbb P\otimes dsdP⊗ds-a.e. (s,ω)(s,\omega)(s,ω)" is read in Fubini form; μTγ\mu^\gamma_TμTγ​ and μτγγ\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma}μτγγ​ are the XXX-marginals of the continuous process μ^γ\hat\mu^\gammaμ^​γ.
  • "Local martingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T]" in Definition 4.1 is pinned to: every localised process Sφ,mS^{\varphi,m}Sφ,m, m≥1m\ge1m≥1, is an (Fˉ,Pˉ)(\bar{\mathbb F},\bar{\mathbb P})(Fˉ,Pˉ)-martingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T]. The page integrates ∣Sˉ∣|\bar S|∣Sˉ∣ and Sˉφ\bar S^\varphiSˉφ from 000. Here they run from the initial time ttt, because before ttt the canonical control may be ∂\partial∂, where the coefficients are undefined, and a coefficient that is not integrable before ttt would empty P^W(t,⋅)\hat{\mathcal P}_W(t,\cdot)P^W​(t,⋅).
  • The cemetery value ∂\partial∂ of the canonical control is read as u0u_0u0​ inside the coefficients (a null set under Definition 4.1).
  • In (3.2), (+∞)+(−∞)(+\infty)+(-\infty)(+∞)+(−∞) inside the expectation is −∞-\infty−∞.
  • Lemma 4.4(i)'s converse carries the hypothesis that the canonical AAA is a.s. ∫t⋅∨tπ(αˉr) dr\int_t^{\cdot\vee t}\pi(\bar\alpha_r)\,dr∫t⋅∨t​π(αˉr​)dr; without it the converse is false, because Definition 4.1 leaves AAA before ttt unconstrained.

The goal does not mention the canonical space Ωˉ\bar\OmegaΩˉ, weak control rules or any selection; a formalization of ΓW\Gamma_WΓW​ that is empty, or a value function that is constant, would trivialize it. A sanity file exhibits a weak control in the degenerate case n=d=ℓ=0n=d=\ell=0n=d=ℓ=0 for every t≤Tt\le Tt≤T, so the structure is satisfiable.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: conditional laws and r.c.p.d. on Polish spaces, the predictable σ\sigmaσ-algebra, stochastic integrals against a filtration, the Stroock–Varadhan martingale problem, Itô's formula, and analytic sets with the Jankov–von Neumann selection theorem. The analytic-selection results and the martingale-problem/SDE correspondence are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions on any milestone, and on proving the referenced Bertsekas–Shreve selection theorems, are welcome. Out of scope: Theorem 3.4 (it rests on the companion paper), the Markovian results of §3.2, and the HJB discussion of §3.3.

Selected references

  • M. F. Djete, D. Possamaï, X. Tan, McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, Ann. Probab. 50(2), 2022; cited as arXiv:1907.08860v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.08860v2
  • H. Pham, X. Wei, Dynamic programming for optimal control of stochastic McKean–Vlasov dynamics, SIAM J. Control Optim. 55(2):1069–1101, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.04057
  • D. Lacker, Limit theory for controlled McKean–Vlasov dynamics, SIAM J. Control Optim. 55(3):1641–1672, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.08064
  • N. El Karoui, X. Tan, Capacities, measurable selection and dynamic programming part II: application in stochastic control problems, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.3364
  • E. Bayraktar, A. Cosso, H. Pham, Randomized dynamic programming principle and Feynman–Kac representation for optimal control of McKean–Vlasov dynamics, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 370(3):2115–2160, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1090/tran/7118
  • M. Laurière, O. Pironneau, Dynamic programming for mean-field type control, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 352(9):707–713, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2014.07.008
  • A. Bensoussan, J. Frehse, S. Yam, Mean Field Games and Mean Field Type Control Theory, SpringerBriefs in Mathematics, Springer, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-8508-7
  • D. Bertsekas, S. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/SOC_1978.pdf
  • D. Stroock, S. Varadhan, Multidimensional Diffusion Processes, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-28999-2
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

McKean–Vlasov Optimal Control: The Dynamic Programming Principle 2: Under Lipschitz Coefficients the Common-Noise-Adapted Strong Formulation Satisfies the DPPResearch Paper

Why common noise changes the control problem

A controller may act on a large population of interacting particles while all particles also experience a shared random disturbance. In the population limit, the state of a representative particle depends on the distribution of states conditional on the common noise. The controller therefore influences both its own state and the conditional population law. The usual state variable for dynamic programming must carry that law, and a future decision may use only information available from common noise. Djete, Possamaï and Tan establish a dynamic programming principle for this setting in McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, Theorem 3.2. Their result permits path dependent coefficients and merely Borel reward functions, so ordinary continuity arguments do not determine the value function's measurability.

The paper distinguishes a weak formulation, in which the stochastic basis varies with the control, from a strong formulation on a fixed space. This mission concerns the latter, restricted to controls predictable from common noise, under the paper's Lipschitz and growth Assumption 2.8. The companion mission treats the weak dynamic programming principle, Theorem 3.1. The present mission asks for a machine checked account of the strong formulation and of the transfer between its intrinsic, fixed space and canonical descriptions.

State, noise and admissible controls

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0. A state trajectory belongs to Cn=C([0,T],Rn)\mathcal C^n=C([0,T],\mathbb R^n)Cn=C([0,T],Rn). The two driving noises are a ddd dimensional idiosyncratic Brownian motion WWW and an ℓ\ellℓ dimensional common Brownian motion BBB. The control space UUU is nonempty and Polish. At time sss, the controlled drift bbb and diffusions σ,σ0\sigma,\sigma_0σ,σ0​ may depend on the stopped state path Xs∧⋅X_{s\wedge\cdot}Xs∧⋅​, the control αs\alpha_sαs​, and the conditional law μˉs\bar\mu_sμˉ​s​ of the stopped state and control given common noise. The running and terminal rewards are LLL and ggg.

A B\mathbb BB strong control has a continuous state satisfying the controlled stochastic equation, the conditional laws required by the paper, finite quadratic control energy, and an α\alphaα predictable for the common noise filtration. Its reward J(t,γ)J(t,\gamma)J(t,γ) is the expected running reward from ttt to TTT plus the terminal reward. The value VSB(t,ν)V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)VSB​(t,ν) is the supremum of these rewards over such controls from initial path law ν\nuν. The initial law lies in P2(Cn)\mathcal P_2(\mathcal C^n)P2​(Cn), the laws with a finite second moment. The coefficient hypothesis uses the quadratic Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​ and one constant C>0C>0C>0 for both a Lipschitz bound and a quadratic growth bound. These conditions are Assumption 2.8 of the source paper, p. 8.

The paper also fixes a canonical probability space Ωt\Omega^tΩt carrying an initial path and Brownian increments after ttt. Its common noise predictable controls form A2B(t,ν)\mathcal A_2^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)A2B​(t,ν). Proposition 2.10 says this fixed space computes the same value as the intrinsic strong formulation. The precise probability law on Ωt\Omega^tΩt is characterized by the initial stopped path law and independent standard Brownian increments; the paper does not choose a unique construction.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 3.2, p. 10. It first asserts that the value on [0,T]×P2(Cn)[0,T]\times\mathcal P_2(\mathcal C^n)[0,T]×P2​(Cn) is upper semi analytic: each strict superlevel set {(t,ν):VSB(t,ν)>c}\{(t,\nu):V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)>c\}{(t,ν):VSB​(t,ν)>c} is analytic. For an initial pair (t,ν)(t,\nu)(t,ν) and a stopping time τ∈[t,T]\tau\in[t,T]τ∈[t,T] for the raw common noise filtration on Ωt\Omega^tΩt, it then asserts

VSB(t,ν)=sup⁡α∈A2B(t,ν)E ⁣[∫tτL(s,Xs∧⋅α,μˉsα,αs) ds+VSB(τ,μτα)].V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)=\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_2^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)} \mathbb E\!\left[\int_t^\tau L(s,X^\alpha_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu_s^\alpha,\alpha_s)\,ds +V_S^{\mathbb B}(\tau,\mu_\tau^\alpha)\right].VSB​(t,ν)=α∈A2B​(t,ν)sup​E[∫tτ​L(s,Xs∧⋅α​,μˉ​sα​,αs​)ds+VSB​(τ,μτα​)].

Here μτα\mu_\tau^\alphaμτα​ is the law of the stopped state conditional on information from common noise at τ\tauτ. The milestone sequence follows the paper's supporting results: strong solution existence and uniqueness (Theorem A.3(i)); equivalence of intrinsic and fixed space values (Proposition 2.10); induction of canonical rules from strong controls (the forward clause of Lemma 4.4(ii)); the canonical value identity (Corollary 4.6); the Wiener represented rule class and its value (Lemma 4.11); analytic rule graphs and value measurability (Lemma 4.12); and stability of a strong rule under conditioning at a stopping time (Lemma 4.13(i)). Each is a source indexed target, rather than an invented intermediate assertion.

What the result provides

The identity permits the value after a random common noise stopping time to be evaluated from the stopped conditional state law. This is the form needed to compare control decisions before and after a random observation time. Upper semi analyticity supplies measurable superlevel sets for the value even when LLL and ggg lack continuity. The paper proves these statements mathematically; the mission seeks their Lean formalization, not a new theorem about the underlying control problem.

A complete formalization would also provide reusable definitions of conditional measure valued flows, Brownian motion relative to a filtration over a shifted interval, a local Itô equation, and canonical martingale control rules. The two published Ethier–Kurtz definitions supply the local Itô relation and probability augmentation of a filtration. They are shared infrastructure rather than new statements of this paper.

Where the difficulty lies

The state law in the coefficients is conditional on common noise and changes with the control. A pathwise solution of the state equation must therefore remain consistent with its own conditional law. A naive argument that restarts an ordinary diffusion at τ\tauτ does not establish that consistency for a restarted control. It also does not ensure that a restarted control remains predictable from common noise. The paper's canonical rule formulation and its conditioning and measurability results address those obstructions. The reward may be unbounded and extended real valued, so the expectation convention and its behavior at infinite positive and negative parts matter to the statement itself.

Formalization scope and conventions

Paths are continuous maps on compact real intervals with uniform norm; Rk\mathbb R^kRk is Mathlib's Euclidean space, including k=0k=0k=0. Probability measures carry weak convergence topology, and P2\mathcal P_2P2​ is its finite second moment subtype. The product of path space and UUU uses Mathlib's product metric; matrix norms are Frobenius. Supremums range over admissible controls, solutions and conditional law versions. They are EReal valued, so the empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞. The signed expectation is positive part minus negative part with ∞−∞=−∞\infty-\infty=-\infty∞−∞=−∞, as in the paper. The model fixes a Borel embedding of UUU into [0,1][0,1][0,1] and a cemetery control for invalid reconstructed paths.

The Lean statements pin the paper's implicit “well defined” stochastic integral to a pathwise square integrable local Itô relation and almost surely integrable drift. A conditional law equality stated for dP⊗dsd\mathbb P\otimes dsdP⊗ds almost every pair is expressed in Fubini form. The localized processes printed in Definition 4.1 define its local martingale requirement. The terminal law and the stopped law in the target are quantified as versions of their stated conditional distributions. The fixed canonical law is any law satisfying the paper's initial distribution and Brownian conditions; the target is stated for every such family. These conventions rule out free conditional laws, arbitrary future stopping times, and a value that is −∞-\infty−∞ solely because a formalization made the control class empty. A full development must establish nonemptiness and version independence as part of the cited supporting theory.

The scope ends with Theorem 3.2 and the listed milestones. Lemma 4.13(ii), the more involved measurable selection and concatenation result, remains a future contribution. Theorem 3.4 uses a separate companion result; the Markovian corollaries and the heuristic Hamilton–Jacobi discussion of §3.3 are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • M. F. Djete, D. Possamaï and X. Tan, McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, arXiv:1907.08860v2, 2020; published in Annals of Probability 50(2), 2022. Preprint. This mission cites the preprint's page and theorem numbering.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsPartial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

Local Exponential H² Stabilization of a 2 × 2 Quasilinear Hyperbolic System Using Backstepping 2: Backstepping Feedback Makes a 2 × 2 Linear Hyperbolic System Vanish in Finite TimeResearch Paper

Motivation

Systems of two first-order hyperbolic equations with opposite transport speeds model open-channel flow (the Saint-Venant equations), gas pipelines, heat exchangers and traffic. In such systems one boundary is actuated, the other boundary reflects, and the coupling terms move energy between the two families of waves. Boundary feedback design for them is a standard problem of distributed-parameter control.

The backstepping method designs a feedback by means of an invertible Volterra integral transformation that turns the plant into a target system whose behaviour is known in closed form. Coron, Vazquez, Krstic and Bastin (arXiv:1208.6475; SIAM J. Control Optim. 51(3), 2013) carry out this design for a general linear 2×22\times22×2 hyperbolic system with spatially varying speeds and couplings, in §3 of their paper. The resulting linear feedback is the controller they later apply to a quasilinear system. This mission formalizes the linear result.

Timeline:

  • 2008: Krstic and Smyshlyaev, Backstepping boundary control for first-order hyperbolic PDEs and application to systems with actuator and sensor delays (Systems & Control Letters 57), give the scalar transport case.
  • 2012/2013: Coron, Vazquez, Krstic and Bastin treat the 2×22\times22×2 case. The kernel equations of the transformation form a Goursat-type system on a triangle, and they prove it is well-posed in their Appendix A.

Setting

Let ϵ1,ϵ2\epsilon_1,\epsilon_2ϵ1​,ϵ2​ be C1C^1C1 functions on [0,1][0,1][0,1] with ϵ1,ϵ2>0\epsilon_1,\epsilon_2>0ϵ1​,ϵ2​>0, let c1,c2c_1,c_2c1​,c2​ be continuous, and let q∈Rq\in\mathbb Rq∈R. The state w(x,t)=[u v]T∈R2w(x,t)=[u\ v]^T\in\mathbb R^2w(x,t)=[u v]T∈R2 solves

wt=Σ(x)wx+C(x)w,Σ=(−ϵ100ϵ2),C=(0c1c20),x∈[0,1], t≥0,w_t=\Sigma(x)w_x+C(x)w,\qquad \Sigma=\begin{pmatrix}-\epsilon_1&0\\0&\epsilon_2\end{pmatrix},\quad C=\begin{pmatrix}0&c_1\\c_2&0\end{pmatrix},\qquad x\in[0,1],\ t\ge0,wt​=Σ(x)wx​+C(x)w,Σ=(−ϵ1​0​0ϵ2​​),C=(0c2​​c1​0​),x∈[0,1], t≥0,

so uuu travels to the right and vvv to the left. The boundary conditions are u(0,t)=q v(0,t)u(0,t)=q\,v(0,t)u(0,t)=qv(0,t) and v(1,t)=U(t)v(1,t)=U(t)v(1,t)=U(t), where UUU is the control. The norm is ∥w(⋅,t)∥L2=∫01(u2+v2) dξ\|w(\cdot,t)\|_{L^2}=\sqrt{\int_0^1(u^2+v^2)\,d\xi}∥w(⋅,t)∥L2​=∫01​(u2+v2)dξ​.

The kernels Kvu,KvvK^{vu},K^{vv}Kvu,Kvv are functions on the triangle T={(x,ξ):0≤ξ≤x≤1}\mathcal T=\{(x,\xi):0\le\xi\le x\le1\}T={(x,ξ):0≤ξ≤x≤1} that solve

ϵ2(x)Kxvu−ϵ1(ξ)Kξvu=ϵ1′(ξ)Kvu+c2(ξ)Kvv,ϵ2(x)Kxvv+ϵ2(ξ)Kξvv=−ϵ2′(ξ)Kvv+c1(ξ)Kvu,\epsilon_2(x)K^{vu}_x-\epsilon_1(\xi)K^{vu}_\xi=\epsilon_1'(\xi)K^{vu}+c_2(\xi)K^{vv},\qquad \epsilon_2(x)K^{vv}_x+\epsilon_2(\xi)K^{vv}_\xi=-\epsilon_2'(\xi)K^{vv}+c_1(\xi)K^{vu},ϵ2​(x)Kxvu​−ϵ1​(ξ)Kξvu​=ϵ1′​(ξ)Kvu+c2​(ξ)Kvv,ϵ2​(x)Kxvv​+ϵ2​(ξ)Kξvv​=−ϵ2′​(ξ)Kvv+c1​(ξ)Kvu,

with Kvu(x,x)=−c2(x)/(ϵ1(x)+ϵ2(x))K^{vu}(x,x)=-c_2(x)/(\epsilon_1(x)+\epsilon_2(x))Kvu(x,x)=−c2​(x)/(ϵ1​(x)+ϵ2​(x)) and Kvv(x,0)=(qϵ1(0)/ϵ2(0))Kvu(x,0)K^{vv}(x,0)=(q\epsilon_1(0)/\epsilon_2(0))K^{vu}(x,0)Kvv(x,0)=(qϵ1​(0)/ϵ2​(0))Kvu(x,0). The control law (3.48) is

U(t)=∫01Kvu(1,ξ)u(ξ,t) dξ+∫01Kvv(1,ξ)v(ξ,t) dξ.U(t)=\int_0^1K^{vu}(1,\xi)u(\xi,t)\,d\xi+\int_0^1K^{vv}(1,\xi)v(\xi,t)\,d\xi .U(t)=∫01​Kvu(1,ξ)u(ξ,t)dξ+∫01​Kvv(1,ξ)v(ξ,t)dξ.

The target system is γt=Σ(x)γx\gamma_t=\Sigma(x)\gamma_xγt​=Σ(x)γx​ with α(0,t)=qβ(0,t)\alpha(0,t)=q\beta(0,t)α(0,t)=qβ(0,t) and β(1,t)=0\beta(1,t)=0β(1,t)=0, for γ=[α β]T\gamma=[\alpha\ \beta]^Tγ=[α β]T. The direct transformation is γ=w−∫0xK(x,ξ)w(ξ,t) dξ\gamma=w-\int_0^xK(x,\xi)w(\xi,t)\,d\xiγ=w−∫0x​K(x,ξ)w(ξ,t)dξ (3.23), with the full 2×22\times22×2 kernel KKK of (3.30)–(3.37). The inverse transformation is w=γ+∫0xL(x,ξ)γ(ξ,t) dξw=\gamma+\int_0^xL(x,\xi)\gamma(\xi,t)\,d\xiw=γ+∫0x​L(x,ξ)γ(ξ,t)dξ (3.38), with LLL solving (3.40)–(3.47). The finite time is

tF=∫01(1ϵ1(ξ)+1ϵ2(ξ))dξ.t_F=\int_0^1\left(\frac1{\epsilon_1(\xi)}+\frac1{\epsilon_2(\xi)}\right)d\xi .tF​=∫01​(ϵ1​(ξ)1​+ϵ2​(ξ)1​)dξ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (pp. 6–7)

For q≠0q\neq0q=0, every classical solution of the closed loop satisfies

∀λ>0 ∃c>0:∥w(⋅,t)∥L2≤c e−λt∥w(⋅,0)∥L2(t≥0),andw(x,t)=0  (x∈[0,1], t≥tF).\forall\lambda>0\ \exists c>0:\quad \|w(\cdot,t)\|_{L^2}\le c\,e^{-\lambda t}\|w(\cdot,0)\|_{L^2}\quad(t\ge0),\qquad\text{and}\qquad w(x,t)=0\ \ (x\in[0,1],\ t\ge t_F).∀λ>0 ∃c>0:∥w(⋅,t)∥L2​≤ce−λt∥w(⋅,0)∥L2​(t≥0),andw(x,t)=0  (x∈[0,1], t≥tF​).

Here ccc depends on λ\lambdaλ and the data but not on the solution.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (p. 3): the same two conclusions for the target system under the section's q≠0q\neq0q=0 assumption.
  2. §3.2 (p. 5): if KKK solves (3.30)–(3.37), the transformation (3.23) maps every closed-loop solution to a target solution.
  3. §3.3 (p. 6): if LLL solves (3.40)–(3.47), the transformation (3.38) maps every solution of γt=Σγx\gamma_t=\Sigma\gamma_xγt​=Σγx​, α(0,t)=qβ(0,t)\alpha(0,t)=q\beta(0,t)α(0,t)=qβ(0,t), to a solution of (3.1) with u(0,t)=qv(0,t)u(0,t)=qv(0,t)u(0,t)=qv(0,t).
  4. §3.5 (p. 8): the conclusion of Theorem 3.2 for q=0q=0q=0, where (3.37) reads Kvv(x,0)=0K^{vv}(x,0)=0Kvv(x,0)=0.

Significance

The theorem shows that a single linear boundary feedback, computed once from the coefficients, drives every state of the system to zero in exactly the time tFt_FtF​. That time is the sum of the travel times of the two characteristic families across [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Exponential stability at every rate follows. The same feedback, rescaled, is the controller of the paper's main result, Theorem 4.1: local exponential H2H^2H2 stabilization of a quasilinear 2×22\times22×2 system, the subject of mission 3 of this series. The well-posedness of the kernel equations, Theorem A.1, is mission 1.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it has been machine-checked. A formal proof needs Volterra transformations of vector-valued functions with differentiation under a variable-limit integral, explicit solutions of transport equations along characteristics, and L2L^2L2 estimates for integral operators with continuous kernels. These tools apply to backstepping designs well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

Proposition 3.1 and the two mapping statements are calculations: an integration by parts and the explicit solution along characteristics. The difficulty of Theorem 3.2 is the step "the transformation is invertible", which the paper's proof takes for granted. The goal hypothesizes only Kvu,KvvK^{vu},K^{vv}Kvu,Kvv, so it is not enough to state the mapping and the inverse separately. The solver has to recover the full state from the target state: either build the remaining kernels Kuu,KuvK^{uu},K^{uv}Kuu,Kuv and the inverse kernel LLL, or argue directly from the closed (Kvu,Kvv)(K^{vu},K^{vv})(Kvu,Kvv) subsystem. Both routes need existence or uniqueness for Goursat-type problems, which the paper proves only in Appendix A. A second, routine obstacle is that the uniform constant ccc must be extracted from the finite-time interval [0,tF][0,t_F][0,tF​] using bounds on the kernels.

Formalization scope

  • States are w : ℝ → ℝ → Fin 2 → ℝ, space first, with Lean index 0 for the paper's first component.
  • Solutions are classical: jointly C1C^1C1 on R2\mathbb R^2R2, with the equations imposed on [0,1]×[0,∞)[0,1]\times[0,\infty)[0,1]×[0,∞). The value w(⋅,0)w(\cdot,0)w(⋅,0) replaces the paper's initial condition w0∈L2w_0\in L^2w0​∈L2. This is the theorem restricted to classical solutions; Mathlib has no Sobolev-space solution theory for these equations.
  • The coefficients and kernels are functions on R\mathbb RR and R2\mathbb R^2R2 with global regularity, and positivity is assumed only on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • The goal and Proposition 3.1 assume q≠0q\neq0q=0, the standing assumption of §§3.1–3.4. The separate §3.5 milestone covers q=0q=0q=0.
  • The right boundary condition of the closed loop is the feedback (3.48) evaluated on the same state, not a free input.
  • Only the "if" direction of the §3.2 equivalence is formalized.

Three trivializing readings are excluded. The constant ccc is quantified after the data and before the solution, so it cannot depend on the solution. The finite-time claim is vanishing for every t≥tFt\ge t_Ft≥tF​, with tFt_FtF​ exactly (3.8), not for some unspecified time. The kernels are pinned down by all four of (3.32), (3.33), (3.36), (3.37). With C1C^1C1 coefficients a solution exists (the paper's Theorem A.2), and a sanity file checks that the hypotheses admit a non-zero closed-loop solution.

Welcome contributions: lemmas on differentiating ∫0xK(x,ξ)w(ξ,t) dξ\int_0^xK(x,\xi)w(\xi,t)\,d\xi∫0x​K(x,ξ)w(ξ,t)dξ, transport equations along characteristics, and the invertibility of Volterra operators with continuous kernels.

The paper's proofs are on pp. 3–5 (Proposition 3.1), p. 5 (§3.2), p. 6 (§3.3) and p. 7 (Theorem 3.2).

Selected references

  • J.-M. Coron, R. Vazquez, M. Krstic, G. Bastin, Local Exponential H2H^2H2 Stabilization of a 2×22\times22×2 Quasilinear Hyperbolic System Using Backstepping, arXiv:1208.6475v1, 2012; SIAM J. Control Optim. 51(3), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1208.6475
  • M. Krstic, A. Smyshlyaev, Backstepping boundary control for first-order hyperbolic PDEs and application to systems with actuator and sensor delays, Systems & Control Letters 57(9), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sysconle.2008.02.005
  • M. Krstic, A. Smyshlyaev, Boundary Control of PDEs: A Course on Backstepping Designs, SIAM, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718607
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Machine Learning for Mean Field Control, Finite Horizon: The N-Agent Discrete-Time Neural-Net Value Is Within O(N^{-1/max(d,4)} + n_in^{-1/(3(d+1))} + √Δt) of the MKV OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean field control studies the optimal control of a very large population of interacting agents through the limit in which the population is replaced by its distribution. The limit problem is a McKean–Vlasov (MKV) control problem: the dynamics and the cost of a representative agent depend on the law of its own state. Such problems arise in systemic risk, crowd motion, energy management and the planning of large distributed systems; the reference account is Carmona and Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II (Springer, 2018).

MKV control problems are rarely solvable in closed form, and grid-based numerical methods suffer from the dimension of the state. A practical alternative is to simulate a finite population on a time grid, parametrize the feedback control by a neural network, and minimize the simulated cost by stochastic gradient descent. Carmona and Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case (Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6), 2022, doi:10.1214/21-AAP1715), quantify how close this computable proxy is to the true optimum. This mission formalizes the statement of their main result and of the propositions and lemmas its proof is built from.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, a state dimension ddd, a control dimension kkk (controls take values in A=RkA=\mathbb R^kA=Rk), an initial law μ0\mu_0μ0​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, a drift b(t,x,μ,α)b(t,x,\mu,\alpha)b(t,x,μ,α), a volatility σ(t,x,μ)\sigma(t,x,\mu)σ(t,x,μ) (not controlled), a running cost f(t,x,μ,α)f(t,x,\mu,\alpha)f(t,x,μ,α) and a terminal cost g(x,μ)g(x,\mu)g(x,μ); μ\muμ ranges over P2(Rd)\mathcal P_2(\mathbb R^d)P2​(Rd), the probability measures with finite second moment, compared with the Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​.

Problem 1 (the MKV problem). On a probability space carrying a ddd-dimensional Wiener process WWW and an independent X0∼μ0X_0\sim\mu_0X0​∼μ0​, minimize over progressively measurable square-integrable controls α∈A\alpha\in\mathbb Aα∈A

J(α)=E[∫0Tf(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+g(XT,L(XT))],dXt=b(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+σ(t,Xt,L(Xt)) dWt,J(\alpha)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^Tf(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+g(X_T,\mathcal L(X_T))\Big],\qquad dX_t=b(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+\sigma(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t))\,dW_t,J(α)=E[∫0T​f(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+g(XT​,L(XT​))],dXt​=b(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+σ(t,Xt​,L(Xt​))dWt​,

where L(Xt)\mathcal L(X_t)L(Xt​) is the law of XtX_tXt​.

Problem 3 (the NNN-agent problem). NNN agents with independent Wiener processes WiW^iWi and i.i.d. initial states X0i∼μ0X^i_0\sim\mu_0X0i​∼μ0​ use a common feedback function v(t,x)v(t,x)v(t,x); the law is replaced by the empirical measure μtN=1N∑jδXtj\mu^N_t=\frac1N\sum_j\delta_{X^j_t}μtN​=N1​∑j​δXtj​​, and the cost is JN(v)=1N∑iE[∫0Tf(t,Xti,μtN,v(t,Xti)) dt+g(XTi,μTN)]J^N(v)=\frac1N\sum_i\mathbb E[\int_0^Tf(t,X^i_t,\mu^N_t,v(t,X^i_t))\,dt+g(X^i_T,\mu^N_T)]JN(v)=N1​∑i​E[∫0T​f(t,Xti​,μtN​,v(t,Xti​))dt+g(XTi​,μTN​)].

Problem 2 (the computable proxy). With Δt=T/NT\Delta t=T/N_TΔt=T/NT​ and tn=nΔtt_n=n\Delta ttn​=nΔt, the NNN agents follow the Euler scheme

Xˇtn+1i=Xˇtni+b(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn,φ(tn,Xˇtni))Δt+σ(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn)ΔWˇni\check X^i_{t_{n+1}}=\check X^i_{t_n}+b(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n},\varphi(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n}))\Delta t+\sigma(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n})\Delta\check W^i_nXˇtn+1​i​=Xˇtn​i​+b(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​,φ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​))Δt+σ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​)ΔWˇni​

with i.i.d. Gaussian increments ΔWˇni∼N(0,Δt Id)\Delta\check W^i_n\sim\mathcal N(0,\Delta t\,I_d)ΔWˇni​∼N(0,ΔtId​), and JˇN(φ)\check J^N(\varphi)JˇN(φ) is the expected time-discretized cost. The feedback φ\varphiφ ranges over Nd+1,nin,kψ\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}Nd+1,nin​,kψ​, the one-hidden-layer neural networks from (t,x)∈Rd+1(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d+1}(t,x)∈Rd+1 to Rk\mathbb R^kRk with ninn_{\rm in}nin​ hidden neurons and activation ψ\psiψ; ψ\psiψ is 2π2\pi2π-periodic, of class C3\mathcal C^3C3, with ψ^1=∫−ππψ(x)e−ix dx≠0\hat\psi_1=\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}\psi(x)e^{-ix}\,dx\ne0ψ^​1​=∫−ππ​ψ(x)e−ixdx=0.

The standing assumptions (§2.2 and Appendix A of the paper) make b,σb,\sigmab,σ affine in (x,μˉ,α)(x,\bar\mu,\alpha)(x,μˉ​,α) (A1), make f,gf,gf,g differentiable in (x,α,μ)(x,\alpha,\mu)(x,α,μ) (in μ\muμ in the sense of the L-derivative) with Lipschitz derivatives (A2)–(A3), make fff strongly convex in α\alphaα (A4), and add the regularity (B1)–(B3), (C1)–(C3). Under them the reduced Hamiltonian b⋅y+fb\cdot y+fb⋅y+f has a minimizer α^(t,x,μ,y)\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu,y)α^(t,x,μ,y), the Pontryagin forward–backward system has a solution (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) with marginal flow μt\mu_tμt​, and Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​) for a regular decoupling field VVV. The optimal feedback is v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt,V(t,x))\hat v(t,x)=\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu_t,V(t,x))v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt​,V(t,x)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 4070)

inf⁡α∈AJ(α) ≥ inf⁡φ∈Nd+1,nin,kψJˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max⁡(d,4)1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4}+nin−1/(3(d+1))+Δt)\inf_{\alpha\in\mathbb A}J(\alpha)\ \ge\ \inf_{\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}}\check J^N(\varphi)-C\Big(N^{-1/\max(d,4)}\sqrt{1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}}}+n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}+\sqrt{\Delta t}\Big)α∈Ainf​J(α) ≥ φ∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​inf​JˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max(d,4)1+ln(N)1{d=4}​​+nin−1/(3(d+1))​+Δt​)

for a constant CCC depending only on the data and on ψ\psiψ, for all N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1.

The three steps

  1. Proposition 7 (finite population): inf⁡αJ(α)≥JN(v^)−c1N−2/max⁡(d,4)(1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4})\inf_\alpha J(\alpha)\ge J^N(\hat v)-c_1\sqrt{N^{-2/\max(d,4)}(1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}})}infα​J(α)≥JN(v^)−c1​N−2/max(d,4)(1+ln(N)1{d=4}​)​.
  2. Proposition 8 (network class): some φ^∈Nd+1,nin,kψ\hat\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}φ^​∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​ with bounded Lipschitz constants has JN(v^)≥JN(φ^)−K2nin−1/(3(d+1))J^N(\hat v)\ge J^N(\hat\varphi)-K_2n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}JN(v^)≥JN(φ^​)−K2​nin−1/(3(d+1))​.
  3. Proposition 15 (time step): ∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt|J^N(\varphi)-\check J^N(\varphi)|\le C\sqrt{\Delta t}∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt​ for regular feedbacks.

Supporting results

Lemma 18 (Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^), Proposition 10 (network approximation of a function and its first two xxx-derivatives at rate nin−1/(2(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(2(d+1))}nin−1/(2(d+1))​ on [0,T]×Bˉd(0,R)[0,T]\times\bar B_d(0,R)[0,T]×Bˉd​(0,R)), (C.2) (moment bounds uniform in NNN), Proposition 13 (stability of JNJ^NJN under feedbacks close on a ball), Lemma 19 (time regularity of the particle system) and Lemma 14 (strong error CNΔtCN\Delta tCNΔt of the Euler scheme).

Significance

The theorem certifies the standard deep-learning approach to mean field control: the value computed by minimizing the simulated finite-population, discrete-time cost over networks is, up to an explicit error with separate rates for population size, network width and time step, no larger than the true MKV value. The rates also expose where the method loses: the nin−1/(3(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}nin−1/(3(d+1))​ term is a curse of dimensionality in the network step (Remark 11).

The result is proved in the paper (§3 and Appendices B–D); the proof of Proposition 7 is a modification of Carmona–Delarue, Vol. II, Theorem 6.17. None of it is formalized. A formal development would provide the first machine-checked bridge between a stochastic control problem of McKean–Vlasov type and a concrete learning architecture, and its intermediate results (moment and stability estimates for interacting particle systems, the strong error of an Euler scheme with constants independent of the number of particles, simultaneous approximation of a function and its derivatives by periodic networks) are reusable on their own.

Difficulty

Each step rests on research-level analysis. Proposition 7 needs the Pontryagin principle for McKean–Vlasov control, the propagation of chaos for the optimally controlled system, and the Fournier–Guillin rate for empirical measures, whose max⁡(d,4)\max(d,4)max(d,4) exponent and logarithmic correction at d=4d=4d=4 appear in the bound. Proposition 8 requires approximating the optimal feedback together with its first two derivatives in xxx, because the time-discretization step needs regularity of the approximating network; standard universal approximation results give no control of derivatives, and the available simultaneous approximation results hold only for periodic functions, which forces a localization to a ball whose radius must be balanced against the approximation rate. Proposition 15 cannot be obtained from classical Euler estimates for a system of NdNdNd equations, whose constants grow with NNN: the estimates must be done agent by agent through the empirical measure.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm; every constant is existential, so all statements are norm-independent. Time is ℝ≥0 for processes. Solutions of (2.2) and (3.2) use the published Itô-process predicate Peng1990.SMP.IsItoProcess (for X−X0X-X_0X−X0​, with continuous paths and the natural filtration of the initial data and the noise); the backward equation of the Pontryagin system uses Peng1990.SMP.SolvesBSDE; W2W_2W2​ is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance. Problem 2 is law-level: the Euler scheme is a deterministic map of initial positions and increments, integrated against μ0⊗N⊗N(0,ΔtId)⊗NNT\mu_0^{\otimes N}\otimes\mathcal N(0,\Delta t I_d)^{\otimes NN_T}μ0⊗N​⊗N(0,ΔtId​)⊗NNT​; Lemma 14 couples it with the continuous system through the Brownian increments, as the paper does.

The hypotheses are bundled as Coeff ((A1)–(A4), (B1), (B3), (C1), with witnesses for every derivative; the L-derivative is the Fréchet derivative of the lift on L2([0,1])L^2([0,1])L2([0,1])) and DecouplingField ((2.6), existence of a solution of (2.7) on some Problem-1 space, Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​), (B2), (C2), (C3)). Disclosed readings: ggg's L-convexity is (A4) without α\alphaα and with right-hand side 000; unique solvability of (2.7), uniqueness and Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^ are not assumed (the last is Lemma 18); Proposition 13 lets its constant depend on bounds for ∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣|v(0,0)|,|w(0,0)|∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣, as its proof does; Proposition 15 reads the first bound of (3.16) as C1(1+∣(t,x)∣)C_1(1+|(t,x)|)C1​(1+∣(t,x)∣). Infima are stated pointwise (∀α ∀η>0 ∃φ\forall\alpha\,\forall\eta>0\,\exists\varphi∀α∀η>0∃φ), never as a real ⨅, and N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1 throughout. The hypothesis bundle is not vacuous: a sorry-free check exhibits the model b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0, f=∣α∣2f=|\alpha|^2f=∣α∣2, g=0g=0g=0, μ0=δ0\mu_0=\delta_0μ0​=δ0​ with α^=0\hat\alpha=0α^=0, V=0V=0V=0 satisfying every assumption on any Problem-1 space. Junk values cannot trivialize the goal: the costs are Bochner integrals whose integrability follows from the assumptions, so a non-integrable cost would only make the claimed inequality harder, never vacuous.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, in particular the self-contained Lemmas 14 and 19, (C.2) and Proposition 13; infrastructure for the L-derivative, Itô's formula for the published Itô processes, empirical-measure convergence rates, and trigonometric approximation of Cr\mathcal C^rCr periodic functions.

Selected references

  • R. Carmona, M. Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case, Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6) (2022), 4065–4105. https://doi.org/10.1214/21-AAP1715
  • R. Carmona, F. Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II, Springer (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58920-6
  • N. Fournier, A. Guillin, On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure, Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 162 (2015), 707–738. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0583-7
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4) (1990), 966–979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
15 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisDynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Continuous-Time Average-Preserving Opinion Dynamics with Opinion-Dependent Communications 3: The n-Agent Model Approximates the Continuum Model Uniformly on Every Finite HorizonResearch Paper

Motivation

Bounded-confidence models describe a population of agents who repeatedly average their opinions with those of agents whose opinions are close to their own. They are used to study consensus and polarization in opinion formation, and in control as a primitive for decentralized rendezvous of mobile agents. Simulations of these models show a robust phenomenon: opinions converge to clusters, and the distances between clusters are typically close to twice the confidence radius rather than just above it. For finitely many agents this regularity has resisted proof.

V. D. Blondel, J. M. Hendrickx and J. N. Tsitsiklis (SIAM J. Control Optim. 48 (2010) 5214–5240) study a continuous-time version of the model in two forms: with nnn discrete agents, and with a continuum of agents indexed by [0,1][0,1][0,1]. For the continuum they prove that regular initial opinions converge to clusters whose separation obeys a lower bound depending on the cluster weights. To transfer such conclusions to finitely many agents one needs to know that the nnn-agent model is close to the continuum model when nnn is large. Section 4 of the paper proves this on every finite time horizon. This mission formalizes that result.

Setting

Discrete agents. There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 agents with real opinions ξi(t)\xi_i(t)ξi​(t), t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Agents iii and jjj interact when ∣ξi−ξj∣<1|\xi_i-\xi_j|<1∣ξi​−ξj​∣<1. A solution of (2.1) is a continuous ξ:[0,∞)→Rn\xi:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb R^nξ:[0,∞)→Rn with

ξi(t)=ξi(0)+∫0t∑j: ∣ξi(τ)−ξj(τ)∣<1(ξj(τ)−ξi(τ)) dτ\xi_i(t)=\xi_i(0)+\int_0^t\sum_{j:\,|\xi_i(\tau)-\xi_j(\tau)|<1}\bigl(\xi_j(\tau)-\xi_i(\tau)\bigr)\,d\tauξi​(t)=ξi​(0)+∫0t​j:∣ξi​(τ)−ξj​(τ)∣<1∑​(ξj​(τ)−ξi​(τ))dτ

for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and all iii. The right-hand side is discontinuous when the interaction graph changes, so the integral form is used. A solution is proper if it is the unique solution from its initial value, its non-differentiability times have no accumulation point, and two agents that meet stay together.

Continuum agents. Agents are indexed by α∈I=[0,1]\alpha\in I=[0,1]α∈I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure. YYY is the set of bounded measurable functions I→RI\to\mathbb RI→R. For m,M>0m,M>0m,M>0, XmMX_m^MXmM​ is the set of nondecreasing x~\tilde xx~ with m≤x~(β)−x~(α)β−α≤Mm\le\frac{\tilde x(\beta)-\tilde x(\alpha)}{\beta-\alpha}\le Mm≤β−αx~(β)−x~(α)​≤M for β≠α\beta\ne\alphaβ=α; such x~\tilde xx~ are regular. The interaction operator is

L(x~)(α)=∫I1[∣x~(α)−x~(γ)∣<1] (x~(γ)−x~(α)) dγ,\mathcal L(\tilde x)(\alpha)=\int_I \mathbf 1\bigl[|\tilde x(\alpha)-\tilde x(\gamma)|<1\bigr]\,\bigl(\tilde x(\gamma)-\tilde x(\alpha)\bigr)\,d\gamma ,L(x~)(α)=∫I​1[∣x~(α)−x~(γ)∣<1](x~(γ)−x~(α))dγ,

and a solution of (3.2) from x~0\tilde x_0x~0​ is a measurable x:(α,t)↦xt(α)x:(\alpha,t)\mapsto x_t(\alpha)x:(α,t)↦xt​(α) with every xt∈Yx_t\in Yxt​∈Y and xt(α)=x~0(α)+∫0tL(xτ)(α) dτx_t(\alpha)=\tilde x_0(\alpha)+\int_0^t\mathcal L(x_\tau)(\alpha)\,d\tauxt​(α)=x~0​(α)+∫0t​L(xτ​)(α)dτ for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and all α∈I\alpha\in Iα∈I.

The embedding. For ξ∈Rn\xi\in\mathbb R^nξ∈Rn, G(ξ)G(\xi)G(ξ) is the step function with G(ξ)(α)=ξiG(\xi)(\alpha)=\xi_iG(ξ)(α)=ξi​ on [i−1n,in)[\frac{i-1}n,\frac in)[ni−1​,ni​) and G(ξ)(1)=ξnG(\xi)(1)=\xi_nG(ξ)(1)=ξn​. It distributes the nnn agents over nnn blocks of III of length 1/n1/n1/n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (finite-horizon approximation)

Let x~0∈XmM\tilde x_0\in X_m^Mx~0​∈XmM​, xxx the solution of (3.2) from x~0\tilde x_0x~0​, and for each n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let ξ⟨n⟩\xi^{\langle n\rangle}ξ⟨n⟩ be a proper solution of (2.1) with nondecreasing ξ⟨n⟩(0)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0)ξ⟨n⟩(0) and ∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0∥∞→0\|G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0))-\tilde x_0\|_\infty\to0∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0​∥∞​→0. Then for every TTT and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is n′n'n′ with

∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(t/n))−xt∥∞≤ε(t∈[0,T], n≥n′).\bigl\|G\bigl(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(t/n)\bigr)-x_t\bigr\|_\infty\le\varepsilon\qquad(t\in[0,T],\ n\ge n').​G(ξ⟨n⟩(t/n))−xt​​∞​≤ε(t∈[0,T], n≥n′).

The statement fixes no rate in nnn and no dependence of n′n'n′ on TTT; it asserts only uniform convergence on bounded time intervals.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1: for x~∈Xm\tilde x\in X_mx~∈Xm​ and y~∈Y\tilde y\in Yy~​∈Y, ∥L(x~)−L(y~)∥∞≤(2+8/m)∥x~−y~∥∞\|\mathcal L(\tilde x)-\mathcal L(\tilde y)\|_\infty\le(2+8/m)\|\tilde x-\tilde y\|_\infty∥L(x~)−L(y~​)∥∞​≤(2+8/m)∥x~−y~​∥∞​.
  2. Theorem 4, left inequality of (3.7): a solution from x~0∈XmM\tilde x_0\in X_m^Mx~0​∈XmM​ satisfies xt(β)−xt(α)≥me−t(β−α)x_t(\beta)-x_t(\alpha)\ge m e^{-t}(\beta-\alpha)xt​(β)−xt​(α)≥me−t(β−α) for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, α<β\alpha<\betaα<β.
  3. Proposition 4: for every ε,T>0\varepsilon,T>0ε,T>0 there is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that every solution yyy of (3.2) with ∥y0−x~0∥∞≤δ\|y_0-\tilde x_0\|_\infty\le\delta∥y0​−x~0​∥∞​≤δ satisfies ∥yt−xt∥∞≤ε\|y_t-x_t\|_\infty\le\varepsilon∥yt​−xt​∥∞​≤ε on [0,T][0,T][0,T].
  4. Embedding (Section 4): if ξ\xiξ solves (2.1), then (α,t)↦G(ξ(t/n))(α)(\alpha,t)\mapsto G(\xi(t/n))(\alpha)(α,t)↦G(ξ(t/n))(α) solves (3.2) from G(ξ(0))G(\xi(0))G(ξ(0)).

Significance

The theorem says that the continuum model is the large-population limit of the nnn-agent model over any fixed time window. Combined with the paper's continuum convergence result (Theorem 6), it supports the paper's Conjecture 1 on intercluster distances for finitely many agents, and it is the first step of the paper's Proposition 5, which derives Conjecture 1 for random initial opinions from a stability conjecture for the continuum. It is a mean-field limit for a model whose interaction kernel is discontinuous, where standard Lipschitz mean-field arguments do not apply directly.

All four results and the goal are proved in the paper (with the time-scale correction described below). None of them has a machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. The formalization contributes a checked continuous-dependence estimate for a discontinuous integral equation, a checked statement that the finite-agent dynamics embed in the continuum dynamics, and a precise record of the time normalization under which the two models agree.

Difficulty

The operator L\mathcal LL is not Lipschitz on YYY: moving one opinion across the confidence threshold changes the interaction set discontinuously. The obvious Gronwall argument for continuous dependence therefore fails for two arbitrary solutions. It works only around a trajectory that stays in some Xm′X_{m'}Xm′​, where few agents sit near the threshold, which is why the lower slope bound must hold at every time and not only at time 000. The perturbed trajectory, coming from nnn agents, is a step function and is never regular, so the estimate must be one-sided in this sense.

A literal reading of the page also fails. The page writes G(ξ⟨n⟩(t))G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(t))G(ξ⟨n⟩(t)), but for α\alphaα in block iii the continuum interaction L(G(ξ))(α)\mathcal L(G(\xi))(\alpha)L(G(ξ))(α) equals 1n\frac1nn1​ times the discrete right-hand side of (2.1). With x~0(α)=α/2\tilde x_0(\alpha)=\alpha/2x~0​(α)=α/2 and ξi⟨n⟩(0)=x~0(i/n)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}_i(0)=\tilde x_0(i/n)ξi⟨n⟩​(0)=x~0​(i/n), both models are linear; at t=1t=1t=1 the sup distance between G(ξ⟨n⟩(1))G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(1))G(ξ⟨n⟩(1)) and x1x_1x1​ tends to e−1/4e^{-1}/4e−1/4. The discrete time must be rescaled by 1/n1/n1/n.

Formalization scope

Namespace BHTOpinion.Approx. Agents of the discrete model are Fin n (0-based); the continuum index set is Set.Icc (0:ℝ) 1 with Lebesgue measure. Opinion functions are ℝ → ℝ, of which only the values on III matter; trajectories are written x t α, time first, with time in ℝ and explicit t≥0t\ge0t≥0 guards. In 0-based form, G(ξ)(α)=ξmin⁡(⌊nα⌋,n−1)G(\xi)(\alpha)=\xi_{\min(\lfloor n\alpha\rfloor,n-1)}G(ξ)(α)=ξmin(⌊nα⌋,n−1)​ on III; for n=0n=0n=0 the definition returns 000, and every statement assumes n≥1n\ge1n≥1.

Explicit readings of the paper's phrases:

  • Sup norms are written pointwise over III, including α=1\alpha=1α=1: a bound at every α∈I\alpha\in Iα∈I, never a real supremum.
  • "lim⁡n→∞∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0∥∞=0\lim_{n\to\infty}\|G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0))-\tilde x_0\|_\infty=0limn→∞​∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0​∥∞​=0" is: for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there is NNN such that the pointwise bound δ\deltaδ holds for all n≥Nn\ge Nn≥N.
  • "There exists n′n'n′" is an explicit ∃ n′\exists\,n'∃n′ with the bound for all n≥n′n\ge n'n≥n′, t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], α∈I\alpha\in Iα∈I.
  • "The solution xxx" of (3.2) is any solution from x~0\tilde x_0x~0​; the theorem holds for each.
  • "Proper initial condition, admitting a unique solution" is kept as printed: uniqueness from ξ⟨n⟩(0)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0)ξ⟨n⟩(0), finitely many non-differentiability times on every bounded interval, agents that meet stay together.
  • Solutions of (2.1) and (3.2) require the time integrand to be integrable; Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 000.
  • The labelled correction: the discrete trajectory enters as ξ⟨n⟩(t/n)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(t/n)ξ⟨n⟩(t/n) in the embedding claim and in Theorem 7. Equivalently, the page's statement holds for the weighted model (2.4) with weights 1/n1/n1/n; only the rescaled form is stated.
  • Only the left inequality of (3.7) is a milestone. The right inequality Me4t/mMe^{4t/m}Me4t/m is not used by Section 4.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the hypotheses are satisfied by x~0(α)=α∈X11\tilde x_0(\alpha)=\alpha\in X_1^1x~0​(α)=α∈X11​, the conclusion is not vacuous because GGG is evaluated at n≥1n\ge1n≥1 only, and the perturbed initial values y0y_0y0​ in Proposition 4 range over all of YYY, not over regular functions.

Infrastructure needed: Gronwall's inequality for a sup-norm difference, measure-theoretic bookkeeping for L\mathcal LL on step functions, and a change of variables τ↦τ/n\tau\mapsto\tau/nτ↦τ/n in interval integrals. The Lipschitz estimate on XmX_mXm​ and the slope bound are reusable for any continuum bounded-confidence model. Contributions to any milestone are welcome; the embedding milestone is independent of the other three.

Selected references

  • V. D. Blondel, J. M. Hendrickx, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Continuous-time average-preserving opinion dynamics with opinion-dependent communications, SIAM J. Control Optim. 48(8), 2010, 5214–5240. https://doi.org/10.1137/090766188
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response: Decay-Balancing Prices Earn at Least One Third of the Optimal Expected Discounted RevenueResearch Paper

Pricing while learning demand

A vendor holding a finite stock of a product must set prices over time without knowing how many customers will come. Each price does two things: it earns revenue now, and through the sales it generates it reveals information about demand that improves future prices. This tension between earning and learning is central in revenue management with demand uncertainty, in retail markdown pricing, and in online selling. Optimal Bayesian policies for such problems are characterized by a Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation that has no closed-form solution, so practice relies on heuristics, and the question is which heuristics come with guarantees.

Farias and Van Roy introduced decay balancing and proved that, for exponentially distributed reservation prices and a Gamma prior on the arrival rate, it earns at least one third of the optimal expected discounted revenue, uniformly over all problem parameters (V. F. Farias, B. Van Roy, Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response, Operations Research 58(1):16–29, 2010, doi:10.1287/opre.1090.0729). They describe it as the first heuristic for problems of this type with a uniform performance guarantee. This mission formalizes that guarantee and the chain of results leading to it. The source is the authors' manuscript of January 20, 2009 (MIT DSpace); its printed page numbers coincide with the PDF page numbers, and all theorem and page numbers below refer to it.

The model

Customers arrive according to a Poisson process with rate λ\lambdaλ. Each has an independent reservation price with density fff and tail Fˉ(p)=1−F(p)\bar F(p) = 1-F(p)Fˉ(p)=1−F(p); a customer facing price ppp buys one unit if it is available and ppp is at most his reservation price, and otherwise leaves. The hazard rate is ρ(p)=f(p)/Fˉ(p)\rho(p) = f(p)/\bar F(p)ρ(p)=f(p)/Fˉ(p). Assumption 1 (p. 5) asks that fff be differentiable with support R+\mathbb R_+R+​ and that ρ\rhoρ be non-decreasing. The exponential law with mean rrr has Fˉ(p)=e−p/r\bar F(p) = e^{-p/r}Fˉ(p)=e−p/r.

The vendor starts with xxx units and a Gamma prior on λ\lambdaλ with shape aaa and rate bbb (density baλa−1e−λb/Γ(a)b^a\lambda^{a-1}e^{-\lambda b}/\Gamma(a)baλa−1e−λb/Γ(a), mean μ(z)=a/b\mu(z) = a/bμ(z)=a/b). After ntn_tnt​ sales the posterior is Gamma with at=a+nta_t = a+n_tat​=a+nt​ and bt=b+∫0tFˉ(ps) dsb_t = b+\int_0^t\bar F(p_s)\,dsbt​=b+∫0t​Fˉ(ps​)ds, so the state is z=(x,a,b)z = (x,a,b)z=(x,a,b). A policy π(x,a,b)≥0\pi(x,a,b)\ge0π(x,a,b)≥0 sets the price; the expected discounted revenue at rate α>0\alpha>0α>0 is

Jπ(z)=Ez,π[∑k: tk≤τ0e−αtkptk−],J∗(z)=sup⁡πJπ(z),J^\pi(z) = E_{z,\pi}\Big[\sum_{k:\,t_k\le\tau_0}e^{-\alpha t_k}p_{t_k-}\Big],\qquad J^*(z) = \sup_\pi J^\pi(z),Jπ(z)=Ez,π​[k:tk​≤τ0​∑​e−αtk​ptk​−​],J∗(z)=πsup​Jπ(z),

the supremum over all measurable non-negative policies. With λ\lambdaλ known, the same problem has value Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x). Assumption 2 (p. 9) asks that Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x) be differentiable in λ\lambdaλ.

Decay balancing uses the approximation J~(z)=E[Jλ∗(x)]\tilde J(z) = E[J^*_\lambda(x)]J~(z)=E[Jλ∗​(x)], λ∼Gamma(a,b)\lambda\sim\mathrm{Gamma}(a,b)λ∼Gamma(a,b), and posts the price πdb(z)\pi_{\rm db}(z)πdb​(z) solving the balance equation (5), p. 13,

Fˉ(πdb(z))ρ(πdb(z)) μ(z)=αJ~(z).\frac{\bar F(\pi_{\rm db}(z))}{\rho(\pi_{\rm db}(z))}\,\mu(z) = \alpha\tilde J(z).ρ(πdb​(z))Fˉ(πdb​(z))​μ(z)=αJ~(z).

The optimal price π∗(z)\pi^*(z)π∗(z) solves the same equation with J∗(z)J^*(z)J∗(z) in place of J~(z)\tilde J(z)J~(z). The constant

κ(a)=aΓ(a)Γ(a+1)−Γ(a+1,a)+aΓ(a,a),Γ(s,y)=∫y∞ts−1e−t dt,\kappa(a) = \frac{a\Gamma(a)}{\Gamma(a+1)-\Gamma(a+1,a)+a\Gamma(a,a)},\qquad \Gamma(s,y) = \int_y^\infty t^{s-1}e^{-t}\,dt,κ(a)=Γ(a+1)−Γ(a+1,a)+aΓ(a,a)aΓ(a)​,Γ(s,y)=∫y∞​ts−1e−tdt,

measures the cost of uncertainty for a prior of shape aaa.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 24)

For exponential reservation prices with mean r>0r>0r>0, every α>0\alpha>0α>0, x>1x>1x>1, a>0a>0a>0, b>0b>0b>0:

J∗(z)<∞andJπdb(z)J∗(z) ≥ 13.J^*(z)<\infty\qquad\text{and}\qquad \frac{J^{\pi_{\rm db}}(z)}{J^*(z)}\ \ge\ \frac13 .J∗(z)<∞andJ∗(z)Jπdb​(z)​ ≥ 31​.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Known-rate value. Lemma 2: Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x) is increasing and concave in λ\lambdaλ.
  2. Bounds and well-posedness. Lemma 3 gives J∗≤J~≤Jμ(z)∗(x)≤Fˉ(p∗)p∗μ(z)/αJ^*\le\tilde J\le J^*_{\mu(z)}(x)\le\bar F(p^*)p^*\mu(z)/\alphaJ∗≤J~≤Jμ(z)∗​(x)≤Fˉ(p∗)p∗μ(z)/α. Lemma 4 says the balance equation has a unique solution. Lemma E.6(2), with Theorems E.1–E.2, says the balance-price policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal.
  3. Normalizations. Lemma 5 rescales the discount rate and Lemma 10 rescales the mean reservation price.
  4. No-learning comparison. Lemmas 7 and 8, and Theorem 1: Jnl(z)≥Ja/b∗(x)/κ(a)J^{nl}(z)\ge J^*_{a/b}(x)/\kappa(a)Jnl(z)≥Ja/b∗​(x)/κ(a).
  5. Quality of the approximation. 1≥J∗(z)/J~(z)≥1/κ(a)1\ge J^*(z)/\tilde J(z)\ge1/\kappa(a)1≥J∗(z)/J~(z)≥1/κ(a), and κ\kappaκ is decreasing.
  6. Prices and revenues. Corollary 1: 1/(1+log⁡κ(a))≤πdb/π∗≤11/(1+\log\kappa(a))\le\pi_{\rm db}/\pi^*\le11/(1+logκ(a))≤πdb​/π∗≤1. Lemma 9: Jub≥J∗J^{ub}\ge J^*Jub≥J∗. Theorem 2: 1/(1+log⁡κ(a))≤Jπdb/J∗≤11/(1+\log\kappa(a))\le J^{\pi_{\rm db}}/J^*\le11/(1+logκ(a))≤Jπdb​/J∗≤1.
  7. Inventory. Lemma 12: J∗(x,a,b)≤2.05 J∗(x−1,a,b)J^*(x,a,b)\le2.05\,J^*(x-1,a,b)J∗(x,a,b)≤2.05J∗(x−1,a,b) for x>1x>1x>1, a>1a>1a>1.

Significance

Theorem 2 gives a guarantee that depends only on the coefficient of variation 1/a1/\sqrt a1/a​ of the prior. Theorem 3 removes even that dependence for exponential reservation prices: whatever the inventory, prior, discount rate and price scale, decay balancing loses at most a factor of three. The analysis also yields reusable facts about Bayesian pricing: knowing the rate helps (J∗≤J~J^*\le\tilde JJ∗≤J~), the decay-balance characterization of optimal prices, and comparison with a vendor who does not learn.

All results are proved in the source, using Dynkin's formula, an HJB verification argument (Appendix E) and a coupling of sales processes. None of them is machine-checked. The mission asks for a formal development of the known proofs.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 3 would chain Theorem 2 at the initial state. That fails because κ(a)\kappa(a)κ(a) blows up as a→0a\to0a→0, so for a diffuse prior Theorem 2 gives no constant bound. The paper instead compares the two systems only up to the first sale, after which the shape parameter is at least a+1>1a+1>1a+1>1. This needs two things: a coupling in which the optimal system never sells first, and Lemma 12, which bounds the value of one extra unit without a decreasing-returns property in xxx (none is known). Lemma 12 itself rests on a numerical inequality involving the Lambert WWW function.

At the foundational level, neither Mathlib nor the platform has a counting process whose intensity is a random rate times a state-feedback price. Defining JπJ^\piJπ and J∗J^*J∗ faithfully is part of the mission.

Formalization scope

  • Sales process. The process is built exactly in the b-clock. Given λ\lambdaλ, sales are a rate-λ\lambdaλ Poisson process in the variable bbb, so λ∼Gamma(a,b)\lambda\sim\mathrm{Gamma}(a,b)λ∼Gamma(a,b) and i.i.d. Exp(1)\mathrm{Exp}(1)Exp(1) clocks EjE_jEj​ give the bbb-values of the sales, Bj+1=Bj+Ej+1/λB_{j+1} = B_j + E_{j+1}/\lambdaBj+1​=Bj​+Ej+1​/λ. The real-time length of each stage is ∫dβ/Fˉ(π(⋅,β))\int d\beta/\bar F(\pi(\cdot,\beta))∫dβ/Fˉ(π(⋅,β)).
  • Values. Revenue is the sum over sales of the discounted pre-sale price (p. 6; the compensated-integral form of p. 7 is equal to it). Values and suprema live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. J∗J^*J∗ and Jλ∗J^*_\lambdaJλ∗​ are suprema over policies; they are never defined by the HJB equation or by the Lambert-WWW formula (2). Such a definition would trivialize the mission and is ruled out.
  • Policies. Policies are non-negative, measurable in (a,b)(a,b)(a,b), and Markov in zzz. π∗\pi^*π∗ and πdb\pi_{\rm db}πdb​ are the balance prices of p. 13, not "some optimal policy".
  • Prior and normalizations. The prior is a single Gamma, the case of §6; bbb is a rate. The general statements carry Assumptions 1 and 2. Statements are made for general α>0\alpha>0α>0 and r>0r>0r>0, as p. 18 claims, not under the normalizations α=e−1\alpha = e^{-1}α=e−1, r=1r = 1r=1.
  • Ratios. Ratio bounds are stated multiplicatively, together with finiteness of J∗J^*J∗. This rules out the vacuous reading J∗=∞J^* = \inftyJ∗=∞.
  • Added hypotheses and corrections.
    • Lemma 4 is false as printed at x=0x = 0x=0 (J~=0\tilde J = 0J~=0 while Fˉ/ρ>0\bar F/\rho>0Fˉ/ρ>0), so x≥1x\ge1x≥1 is added. Its location claim p≥p∗p\ge p^*p≥p∗ (proof, p. 35) is included.
    • Corollary 1 needs x≥1x\ge1x≥1, because the prices are undefined at x=0x=0x=0.
    • The logit halves of Corollary 1 and Theorem 2 are not stated: the logit family is never defined, contradicts Assumption 1, and comes with the rounded constant 1.27.
    • Lemma 9 uses general α\alphaα where p. 21 has α=e−1\alpha = e^{-1}α=e−1.
    • Lemma 2's "increasing" is strict for x≥1x\ge1x≥1.
    • Appendix E is represented by Lemma E.6(2), p. 47: the balance-price (greedy) policy attains J∗J^*J∗. The if-and-only-if of Theorem E.2 over all policies is not stated, since the generator HπH^\piHπ is not formalized.
  • Not included. The integrated form of Lemma 11 (the first-sale coupling bound) is not a milestone; it is the natural next target. Lemma 6, Appendix D and the Lambert-WWW identities are out of scope.

Reusable pieces are the Gamma–Poisson sales process in the b-clock, the incomplete Gamma function, and the known-rate pricing problem. Proofs of any milestone, of the p. 6 revenue identity, and of Assumptions 1–2 for the exponential law are welcome.

Related platform work in other models: Gallego–van Ryzin known-demand pricing (GVRPricing), Talluri–van Ryzin (RevenueManagement), Bitran–Caldentey (PricingRM.DetHeuristic), and the Bayesian bounds of Satia–Lave (SatiaLave.Bayes).

Selected references

  • V. F. Farias, B. Van Roy, Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response, Operations Research 58(1):16–29, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0729 (manuscript of January 20, 2009, MIT DSpace: https://dspace.mit.edu)
  • G. Gallego, G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • V. F. Araman, R. Caldentey, Dynamic Pricing for Nonperishable Products with Demand Learning, Operations Research 57(5):1169–1188, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0669
  • P. Brémaud, Point Processes and Queues: Martingale Dynamics, Springer, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9477-8
20 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 4 of 7Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me